Mirrors
/
mariadb
mirror of https://github.com/MariaDB/server
3
0
Fork 0
Code Releases Activity
Browse Source

- MRR + Block Indexing 

modified:
  storage/connect/array.h
  storage/connect/catalog.h
  storage/connect/colblk.cpp
  storage/connect/colblk.h
  storage/connect/connect.cc
  storage/connect/connect.h
  storage/connect/domdoc.h
  storage/connect/filamap.cpp
  storage/connect/filamap.h
  storage/connect/filamdbf.h
  storage/connect/filamfix.cpp
  storage/connect/filamfix.h
  storage/connect/filamtxt.cpp
  storage/connect/filamtxt.h
  storage/connect/filamvct.cpp
  storage/connect/filamvct.h
  storage/connect/filamzip.cpp
  storage/connect/filamzip.h
  storage/connect/filter.cpp
  storage/connect/filter.h
  storage/connect/global.h
  storage/connect/ha_connect.cc
  storage/connect/ha_connect.h
  storage/connect/myconn.h
  storage/connect/plgcnx.h
  storage/connect/plgdbsem.h
  storage/connect/plgdbutl.cpp
  storage/connect/plugutil.c
  storage/connect/preparse.h
  storage/connect/reldef.cpp
  storage/connect/reldef.h
  storage/connect/tabcol.h
  storage/connect/tabdos.cpp
  storage/connect/tabdos.h
  storage/connect/tabfix.cpp
  storage/connect/tabfmt.cpp
  storage/connect/tabfmt.h
  storage/connect/table.cpp
  storage/connect/tabmysql.cpp
  storage/connect/tabmysql.h
  storage/connect/taboccur.h
  storage/connect/tabodbc.h
  storage/connect/tabsys.h
  storage/connect/tabtbl.h
  storage/connect/tabutil.h
  storage/connect/tabvct.cpp
  storage/connect/tabvct.h
  storage/connect/tabwmi.h
  storage/connect/tabxml.h
  storage/connect/user_connect.cc
  storage/connect/user_connect.h
  storage/connect/valblk.cpp
  storage/connect/valblk.h
  storage/connect/value.cpp
  storage/connect/value.h
  storage/connect/xindex.cpp
  storage/connect/xindex.h
  storage/connect/xobject.cpp
  storage/connect/xobject.h
  storage/connect/xtable.h
pull/22/head
Olivier Bertrand 12 years ago
parent
d67ad26b33 e5729127b8
commit
7b400a088d
60 changed files with 32618 additions and 33489 deletions
Whitespace
Show all changes Ignore whitespace when comparing lines Ignore changes in amount of whitespace Ignore changes in whitespace at EOL
Split View
Diff Options
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File
  1. 2
      storage/connect/array.h
  2. 244
      storage/connect/catalog.h
  3. 781
      storage/connect/colblk.cpp
  4. 426
      storage/connect/colblk.h
  5. 1798
      storage/connect/connect.cc
  6. 6
      storage/connect/connect.h
  7. 4
      storage/connect/domdoc.h
  8. 1479
      storage/connect/filamap.cpp
  9. 227
      storage/connect/filamap.h
  10. 11
      storage/connect/filamdbf.h
  11. 9
      storage/connect/filamfix.cpp
  12. 178
      storage/connect/filamfix.h
  13. 2904
      storage/connect/filamtxt.cpp
  14. 392
      storage/connect/filamtxt.h
  15. 8476
      storage/connect/filamvct.cpp
  16. 498
      storage/connect/filamvct.h
  17. 2829
      storage/connect/filamzip.cpp
  18. 340
      storage/connect/filamzip.h
  19. 6
      storage/connect/filter.cpp
  20. 22
      storage/connect/filter.h
  21. 518
      storage/connect/global.h
  22. 11421
      storage/connect/ha_connect.cc
  23. 1053
      storage/connect/ha_connect.h
  24. 6
      storage/connect/myconn.h
  25. 140
      storage/connect/plgcnx.h
  26. 1240
      storage/connect/plgdbsem.h
  27. 11
      storage/connect/plgdbutl.cpp
  28. 1102
      storage/connect/plugutil.c
  29. 27
      storage/connect/preparse.h
  30. 880
      storage/connect/reldef.cpp
  31. 456
      storage/connect/reldef.h
  32. 2
      storage/connect/tabcol.h
  33. 5289
      storage/connect/tabdos.cpp
  34. 539
      storage/connect/tabdos.h
  35. 15
      storage/connect/tabfix.cpp
  36. 2865
      storage/connect/tabfmt.cpp
  37. 380
      storage/connect/tabfmt.h
  38. 1182
      storage/connect/table.cpp
  39. 3240
      storage/connect/tabmysql.cpp
  40. 23
      storage/connect/tabmysql.h
  41. 1
      storage/connect/taboccur.h
  42. 1
      storage/connect/tabodbc.h
  43. 363
      storage/connect/tabsys.h
  44. 328
      storage/connect/tabtbl.h
  45. 3
      storage/connect/tabutil.h
  46. 4
      storage/connect/tabvct.cpp
  47. 244
      storage/connect/tabvct.h
  48. 301
      storage/connect/tabwmi.h
  49. 486
      storage/connect/tabxml.h
  50. 324
      storage/connect/user_connect.cc
  51. 3
      storage/connect/user_connect.h
  52. 8
      storage/connect/valblk.cpp
  53. 682
      storage/connect/valblk.h
  54. 4424
      storage/connect/value.cpp
  55. 687
      storage/connect/value.h
  56. 6056
      storage/connect/xindex.cpp
  57. 15
      storage/connect/xindex.h
  58. 374
      storage/connect/xobject.cpp
  59. 256
      storage/connect/xobject.h
  60. 526
      storage/connect/xtable.h

2
storage/connect/array.h
View File

@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ class DllExport ARRAY : public XOBJECT, public CSORT { // Array descblock
virtual int Qcompare(int *, int *);
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) {assert(FALSE); return FALSE;}
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {assert(FALSE); return FALSE;}
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 0;}
//virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 0;}
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, UINT n);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, UINT z);
void Empty(void);

244
storage/connect/catalog.h
View File

@ -1,122 +1,122 @@
/*************** Catalog H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: CATALOG.H Version 3.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2000-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the CATALOG PlugDB classes definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __CATALOG__H
#define __CATALOG__H
#include "block.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the length of a buffer to contain entire table section. */
/***********************************************************************/
#define PLG_MAX_PATH 144 /* Must be the same across systems */
#define PLG_BUFF_LEN 100 /* Number of lines in binary file buffer */
//typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the structure used to enumerate tables or views. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _curtab {
PRELDEF CurTdb;
char *Curp;
char *Tabpat;
bool Ispat;
bool NoView;
int Nt;
char *Type[16];
} CURTAB, *PCURTAB;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the structure used to get column catalog info. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _colinfo {
char *Name;
int Type;
int Offset;
int Length;
int Key;
int Precision;
int Scale;
int Opt;
int Freq;
char *Remark;
char *Datefmt;
char *Fieldfmt;
ushort Flags; // Used by MariaDB CONNECT handlers
} COLINFO, *PCOLINFO;
/***********************************************************************/
/* CATALOG: base class for catalog classes. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CATALOG {
friend class RELDEF;
friend class TABDEF;
friend class DIRDEF;
friend class OEMDEF;
public:
CATALOG(void); // Constructor
virtual ~CATALOG() { } // Make -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor happy
// Implementation
int GetCblen(void) {return Cblen;}
bool GetDefHuge(void) {return DefHuge;}
void SetDefHuge(bool b) {DefHuge = b;}
char *GetCbuf(void) {return Cbuf;}
char *GetDataPath(void) {return (char*)DataPath;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {}
virtual void SetDataPath(PGLOBAL g, const char *path) {}
virtual bool GetBoolCatInfo(PSZ what, bool bdef) {return bdef;}
virtual bool SetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int ival) {return false;}
virtual int GetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int idef) {return idef;}
virtual int GetSizeCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef) {return 0;}
virtual int GetCharCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef, char *buf, int size)
{strncpy(buf, sdef, size); return size;}
virtual char *GetStringCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PSZ what, PSZ sdef)
{return sdef;}
virtual int GetColCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return -1;}
virtual bool GetIndexInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return true;}
virtual bool CheckName(PGLOBAL g, char *name) {return true;}
virtual bool ClearName(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name) {return true;}
virtual PRELDEF MakeOneTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDescEx(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR type,
PRELDEF *prp = NULL) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetFirstTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetNextTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
virtual bool TestCond(PGLOBAL g, const char *name, const char *type)
{return true;}
virtual bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, bool erase) {return true;}
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep,
MODE mode = MODE_READ, LPCSTR type = NULL)
{return NULL;}
virtual void TableNames(PGLOBAL g, char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
virtual void ColumnNames(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
virtual void ColumnDefs(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
virtual void *DecodeValues(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname,
char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {return NULL;}
virtual int ColumnType(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname) {return 0;}
virtual void ClearDB(PGLOBAL g) {}
protected:
virtual bool ClearSection(PGLOBAL g, const char *key, const char *section) {return true;}
virtual PRELDEF MakeTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
// Members
char *Cbuf; /* Buffer used for col section */
int Cblen; /* Length of suballoc. buffer */
CURTAB Ctb; /* Used to enumerate tables */
bool DefHuge; /* true: tables default to huge */
LPCSTR DataPath; /* Is the Path of DB data dir */
}; // end of class CATALOG
#endif // __CATALOG__H
/*************** Catalog H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: CATALOG.H Version 3.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2000-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the CATALOG PlugDB classes definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __CATALOG__H
#define __CATALOG__H
#include "block.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the length of a buffer to contain entire table section. */
/***********************************************************************/
#define PLG_MAX_PATH 144 /* Must be the same across systems */
#define PLG_BUFF_LEN 100 /* Number of lines in binary file buffer */
//typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the structure used to enumerate tables or views. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _curtab {
PRELDEF CurTdb;
char *Curp;
char *Tabpat;
bool Ispat;
bool NoView;
int Nt;
char *Type[16];
} CURTAB, *PCURTAB;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the structure used to get column catalog info. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _colinfo {
char *Name;
int Type;
int Offset;
int Length;
int Key;
int Precision;
int Scale;
int Opt;
int Freq;
char *Remark;
char *Datefmt;
char *Fieldfmt;
ushort Flags; // Used by MariaDB CONNECT handlers
} COLINFO, *PCOLINFO;
/***********************************************************************/
/* CATALOG: base class for catalog classes. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CATALOG {
friend class RELDEF;
friend class TABDEF;
friend class DIRDEF;
friend class OEMDEF;
public:
CATALOG(void); // Constructor
virtual ~CATALOG() { } // Make -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor happy
// Implementation
int GetCblen(void) {return Cblen;}
bool GetDefHuge(void) {return DefHuge;}
void SetDefHuge(bool b) {DefHuge = b;}
char *GetCbuf(void) {return Cbuf;}
char *GetDataPath(void) {return (char*)DataPath;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {}
virtual void SetDataPath(PGLOBAL g, const char *path) {}
virtual bool GetBoolCatInfo(PSZ what, bool bdef) {return bdef;}
virtual bool SetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int ival) {return false;}
virtual int GetIntCatInfo(PSZ what, int idef) {return idef;}
virtual int GetSizeCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef) {return 0;}
virtual int GetCharCatInfo(PSZ what, PSZ sdef, char *buf, int size)
{strncpy(buf, sdef, size); return size;}
virtual char *GetStringCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PSZ what, PSZ sdef)
{return sdef;}
virtual int GetColCatInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return -1;}
virtual bool GetIndexInfo(PGLOBAL g, PTABDEF defp) {return true;}
virtual bool CheckName(PGLOBAL g, char *name) {return true;}
virtual bool ClearName(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name) {return true;}
virtual PRELDEF MakeOneTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDescEx(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR type,
PRELDEF *prp = NULL) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetFirstTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
virtual PRELDEF GetNextTable(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
virtual bool TestCond(PGLOBAL g, const char *name, const char *type)
{return true;}
virtual bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, bool erase) {return true;}
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, PTABLE tablep,
MODE mode = MODE_READ, LPCSTR type = NULL)
{return NULL;}
virtual void TableNames(PGLOBAL g, char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
virtual void ColumnNames(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
virtual void ColumnDefs(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *buffer,
int maxbuf, int info[]) {}
virtual void *DecodeValues(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname,
char *buffer, int maxbuf, int info[]) {return NULL;}
virtual int ColumnType(PGLOBAL g, char *tabname, char *colname) {return 0;}
virtual void ClearDB(PGLOBAL g) {}
protected:
virtual bool ClearSection(PGLOBAL g, const char *key, const char *section) {return true;}
virtual PRELDEF MakeTableDesc(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) {return NULL;}
// Members
char *Cbuf; /* Buffer used for col section */
int Cblen; /* Length of suballoc. buffer */
CURTAB Ctb; /* Used to enumerate tables */
bool DefHuge; /* true: tables default to huge */
LPCSTR DataPath; /* Is the Path of DB data dir */
}; // end of class CATALOG
#endif // __CATALOG__H

781
storage/connect/colblk.cpp
View File

@ -1,399 +1,382 @@
/************* Colblk C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
/* Name: COLBLK.CPP Version 2.0 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the COLBLK class functions. */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "my_global.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "tabcol.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "xindex.h"
#include "xtable.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLBLK protected constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int i)
{
Next = NULL;
Index = i;
//Number = 0;
ColUse = 0;
if ((Cdp = cdp)) {
Name = cdp->Name;
Format = cdp->F;
Opt = cdp->Opt;
Long = cdp->Long;
Precision = cdp->Precision;
Freq = cdp->Freq;
Buf_Type = cdp->Buf_Type;
ColUse |= cdp->Flags; // Used by CONNECT
Nullable = !!(cdp->Flags & U_NULLS);
Unsigned = !!(cdp->Flags & U_UNSIGNED);
} else {
Name = NULL;
memset(&Format, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
Opt = 0;
Long = 0;
Precision = 0;
Freq = 0;
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
Nullable = false;
Unsigned = false;
} // endif cdp
To_Tdb = tdbp;
Status = BUF_NO;
//Value = NULL; done in XOBJECT constructor
To_Kcol = NULL;
} // end of COLBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLBLK constructor used for copying columns. */
/* tdbp is the pointer to the new table descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOL col1, PTDB tdbp)
{
PCOL colp;
// Copy the old column block to the new one
*this = *col1;
Next = NULL;
//To_Orig = col1;
To_Tdb = tdbp;
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc(" copying COLBLK %s from %p to %p\n", Name, col1, this);
#endif
if (tdbp)
// Attach the new column to the table block
if (!tdbp->GetColumns())
tdbp->SetColumns(this);
else {
for (colp = tdbp->GetColumns(); colp->Next; colp = colp->Next) ;
colp->Next = this;
} // endelse
} // end of COLBLK copy constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* Reset the column descriptor to non evaluated yet. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::Reset(void)
{
Status &= ~BUF_READ;
} // end of Reset
/***********************************************************************/
/* Compare: compares itself to an (expression) object and returns */
/* true if it is equivalent. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::Compare(PXOB xp)
{
return (this == xp);
} // end of Compare
/***********************************************************************/
/* SetFormat: function used to set SELECT output format. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
{
fmt = Format;
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc("COLBLK: %p format=%c(%d,%d)\n",
this, *fmt.Type, fmt.Length, fmt.Prec);
#endif
return false;
} // end of SetFormat
/***********************************************************************/
/* CheckColumn: a column descriptor is found, say it by returning 1. */
/***********************************************************************/
int COLBLK::CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &p, int &ag)
{
return 1;
} // end of CheckColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* Eval: get the column value from the last read record or from a */
/* matching Index column if there is one. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::Eval(PGLOBAL g)
{
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc("Col Eval: %s status=%.4X\n", Name, Status);
#endif
if (!GetStatus(BUF_READ)) {
// if (To_Tdb->IsNull())
// Value->Reset();
if (To_Kcol)
To_Kcol->FillValue(Value);
else
ReadColumn(g);
AddStatus(BUF_READ);
} // endif
return false;
} // end of Eval
/***********************************************************************/
/* CheckSort: */
/* Used to check that a table is involved in the sort list items. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::CheckSort(PTDB tdbp)
{
return (tdbp == To_Tdb);
} // end of CheckSort
/***********************************************************************/
/* InitValue: prepare a column block for read operation. */
/* Now we use Format.Length for the len parameter to avoid strings */
/* to be truncated when converting from string to coded string. */
/* Added in version 1.5 is the arguments GetScale() and Domain */
/* in calling AllocateValue. Domain is used for TYPE_DATE only. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::InitValue(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (Value)
return false; // Already done
// Allocate a Value object
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Buf_Type, Precision,
GetScale(), Unsigned, GetDomain())))
return true;
AddStatus(BUF_READY);
Value->SetNullable(Nullable);
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc(" colp=%p type=%d value=%p coluse=%.4X status=%.4X\n",
this, Buf_Type, Value, ColUse, Status);
#endif
return false;
} // end of InitValue
/***********************************************************************/
/* SetBuffer: prepare a column block for write operation. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "SetBuffer");
return true;
} // end of SetBuffer
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetLength: returns an evaluation of the column string length. */
/***********************************************************************/
int COLBLK::GetLengthEx(void)
{
return Long;
} // end of GetLengthEx
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
/* read from the corresponding table, extract from it the field */
/* corresponding to this column and convert it to buffer type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "ReadColumn");
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "WriteColumn");
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
} // end of WriteColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make file output of a column descriptor block. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
{
char m[64];
int i;
PCOL colp;
memset(m, ' ', n); // Make margin string
m[n] = '\0';
for (colp = To_Tdb->GetColumns(), i = 1; colp; colp = colp->Next, i++)
if (colp == this)
break;
fprintf(f, "%sR%dC%d type=%d F=%.2s(%d,%d)", m, To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(),
i, GetAmType(), Format.Type, Format.Length, Format.Prec);
fprintf(f,
" coluse=%04X status=%04X buftyp=%d value=%p name=%s\n",
ColUse, Status, Buf_Type, Value, Name);
} // end of Print
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make string output of a column descriptor block. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
{
sprintf(ps, "R%d.%s", To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(), Name);
} // end of Print
/***********************************************************************/
/* SPCBLK constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
SPCBLK::SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp)
: COLBLK((PCOLDEF)NULL, cp->GetTo_Table()->GetTo_Tdb(), 0)
{
Name = (char*)cp->GetName();
Precision = Long = 0;
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
} // end of SPCBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void SPCBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SPCOL_READONLY), Name);
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
} // end of WriteColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* RIDBLK constructor for the ROWID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
RIDBLK::RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
Precision = Long = 10;
Buf_Type = TYPE_INT;
Rnm = rnm;
*Format.Type = 'N';
Format.Length = 10;
} // end of RIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the ordinal */
/* number of the current row in the table (if Rnm is true) or in the */
/* current file (if Rnm is false) the same except for multiple tables.*/
/***********************************************************************/
void RIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
Value->SetValue(To_Tdb->RowNumber(g, Rnm));
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* FIDBLK constructor for the FILEID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
FIDBLK::FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
Precision = Long = _MAX_PATH;
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
*Format.Type = 'C';
Format.Length = Long;
#if defined(WIN32)
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
#endif // WIN32
Constant = (!((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetDef()->GetMultiple() &&
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLG &&
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLM);
Fn = NULL;
} // end of FIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the current */
/* file ID of the table (can change for Multiple tables). */
/***********************************************************************/
void FIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (Fn != ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g)) {
char filename[_MAX_PATH];
Fn = ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g);
PlugSetPath(filename, Fn, ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetPath());
Value->SetValue_psz(filename);
} // endif Fn
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* TIDBLK constructor for the TABID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
TIDBLK::TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
Precision = Long = 64;
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
*Format.Type = 'C';
Format.Length = Long;
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
Tname = NULL;
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the table ID. */
/***********************************************************************/
void TIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (Tname == NULL) {
Tname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetName();
Value->SetValue_psz(Tname);
} // endif Tname
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* SIDBLK constructor for the SERVID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
SIDBLK::SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
Precision = Long = 64;
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
*Format.Type = 'C';
Format.Length = Long;
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
Sname = NULL;
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the server ID. */
/***********************************************************************/
void SIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
//if (Sname == NULL) {
Sname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetServer();
Value->SetValue_psz(Sname);
// } // endif Sname
} // end of ReadColumn
/************* Colblk C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
/* Name: COLBLK.CPP Version 2.1 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the COLBLK class functions. */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "my_global.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "tabcol.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "xindex.h"
#include "xtable.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLBLK protected constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int i)
{
Next = NULL;
Index = i;
//Number = 0;
ColUse = 0;
if ((Cdp = cdp)) {
Name = cdp->Name;
Format = cdp->F;
Opt = cdp->Opt;
Long = cdp->Long;
Precision = cdp->Precision;
Freq = cdp->Freq;
Buf_Type = cdp->Buf_Type;
ColUse |= cdp->Flags; // Used by CONNECT
Nullable = !!(cdp->Flags & U_NULLS);
Unsigned = !!(cdp->Flags & U_UNSIGNED);
} else {
Name = NULL;
memset(&Format, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
Opt = 0;
Long = 0;
Precision = 0;
Freq = 0;
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
Nullable = false;
Unsigned = false;
} // endif cdp
To_Tdb = tdbp;
Status = BUF_NO;
//Value = NULL; done in XOBJECT constructor
To_Kcol = NULL;
} // end of COLBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLBLK constructor used for copying columns. */
/* tdbp is the pointer to the new table descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLBLK::COLBLK(PCOL col1, PTDB tdbp)
{
PCOL colp;
// Copy the old column block to the new one
*this = *col1;
Next = NULL;
//To_Orig = col1;
To_Tdb = tdbp;
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc(" copying COLBLK %s from %p to %p\n", Name, col1, this);
#endif
if (tdbp)
// Attach the new column to the table block
if (!tdbp->GetColumns())
tdbp->SetColumns(this);
else {
for (colp = tdbp->GetColumns(); colp->Next; colp = colp->Next) ;
colp->Next = this;
} // endelse
} // end of COLBLK copy constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* Reset the column descriptor to non evaluated yet. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::Reset(void)
{
Status &= ~BUF_READ;
} // end of Reset
/***********************************************************************/
/* Compare: compares itself to an (expression) object and returns */
/* true if it is equivalent. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::Compare(PXOB xp)
{
return (this == xp);
} // end of Compare
/***********************************************************************/
/* SetFormat: function used to set SELECT output format. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
{
fmt = Format;
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc("COLBLK: %p format=%c(%d,%d)\n",
this, *fmt.Type, fmt.Length, fmt.Prec);
#endif
return false;
} // end of SetFormat
/***********************************************************************/
/* Eval: get the column value from the last read record or from a */
/* matching Index column if there is one. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::Eval(PGLOBAL g)
{
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc("Col Eval: %s status=%.4X\n", Name, Status);
#endif
if (!GetStatus(BUF_READ)) {
// if (To_Tdb->IsNull())
// Value->Reset();
if (To_Kcol)
To_Kcol->FillValue(Value);
else
ReadColumn(g);
AddStatus(BUF_READ);
} // endif
return false;
} // end of Eval
/***********************************************************************/
/* InitValue: prepare a column block for read operation. */
/* Now we use Format.Length for the len parameter to avoid strings */
/* to be truncated when converting from string to coded string. */
/* Added in version 1.5 is the arguments GetScale() and Domain */
/* in calling AllocateValue. Domain is used for TYPE_DATE only. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::InitValue(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (Value)
return false; // Already done
// Allocate a Value object
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Buf_Type, Precision,
GetScale(), Unsigned, GetDomain())))
return true;
AddStatus(BUF_READY);
Value->SetNullable(Nullable);
#ifdef DEBTRACE
htrc(" colp=%p type=%d value=%p coluse=%.4X status=%.4X\n",
this, Buf_Type, Value, ColUse, Status);
#endif
return false;
} // end of InitValue
/***********************************************************************/
/* SetBuffer: prepare a column block for write operation. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool COLBLK::SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "SetBuffer");
return true;
} // end of SetBuffer
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetLength: returns an evaluation of the column string length. */
/***********************************************************************/
int COLBLK::GetLengthEx(void)
{
return Long;
} // end of GetLengthEx
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
/* read from the corresponding table, extract from it the field */
/* corresponding to this column and convert it to buffer type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "ReadColumn");
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(UNDEFINED_AM), "WriteColumn");
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
} // end of WriteColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make file output of a column descriptor block. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
{
char m[64];
int i;
PCOL colp;
memset(m, ' ', n); // Make margin string
m[n] = '\0';
for (colp = To_Tdb->GetColumns(), i = 1; colp; colp = colp->Next, i++)
if (colp == this)
break;
fprintf(f, "%sR%dC%d type=%d F=%.2s(%d,%d)", m, To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(),
i, GetAmType(), Format.Type, Format.Length, Format.Prec);
fprintf(f,
" coluse=%04X status=%04X buftyp=%d value=%p name=%s\n",
ColUse, Status, Buf_Type, Value, Name);
} // end of Print
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make string output of a column descriptor block. */
/***********************************************************************/
void COLBLK::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
{
sprintf(ps, "R%d.%s", To_Tdb->GetTdb_No(), Name);
} // end of Print
/***********************************************************************/
/* SPCBLK constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
SPCBLK::SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp)
: COLBLK((PCOLDEF)NULL, cp->GetTo_Table()->GetTo_Tdb(), 0)
{
Name = (char*)cp->GetName();
Precision = Long = 0;
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
} // end of SPCBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* WriteColumn: what this routine does is to access the last line */
/* read from the corresponding table, and rewrite the field */
/* corresponding to this column from the column buffer and type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void SPCBLK::WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SPCOL_READONLY), Name);
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_COLBLK);
} // end of WriteColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* RIDBLK constructor for the ROWID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
RIDBLK::RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
Precision = Long = 10;
Buf_Type = TYPE_INT;
Rnm = rnm;
*Format.Type = 'N';
Format.Length = 10;
} // end of RIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the ordinal */
/* number of the current row in the table (if Rnm is true) or in the */
/* current file (if Rnm is false) the same except for multiple tables.*/
/***********************************************************************/
void RIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
Value->SetValue(To_Tdb->RowNumber(g, Rnm));
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* FIDBLK constructor for the FILEID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
FIDBLK::FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
Precision = Long = _MAX_PATH;
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
*Format.Type = 'C';
Format.Length = Long;
#if defined(WIN32)
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
#endif // WIN32
Constant = (!((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetDef()->GetMultiple() &&
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLG &&
To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_PLM);
Fn = NULL;
} // end of FIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the current */
/* file ID of the table (can change for Multiple tables). */
/***********************************************************************/
void FIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (Fn != ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g)) {
char filename[_MAX_PATH];
Fn = ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetFile(g);
PlugSetPath(filename, Fn, ((PTDBASE)To_Tdb)->GetPath());
Value->SetValue_psz(filename);
} // endif Fn
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* TIDBLK constructor for the TABID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
TIDBLK::TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
Precision = Long = 64;
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
*Format.Type = 'C';
Format.Length = Long;
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
Tname = NULL;
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the table ID. */
/***********************************************************************/
void TIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (Tname == NULL) {
Tname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetName();
Value->SetValue_psz(Tname);
} // endif Tname
} // end of ReadColumn
/***********************************************************************/
/* SIDBLK constructor for the SERVID special column. */
/***********************************************************************/
SIDBLK::SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp) : SPCBLK(cp)
{
//Is_Key = 2; for when the MUL table indexed reading will be implemented.
Precision = Long = 64;
Buf_Type = TYPE_STRING;
*Format.Type = 'C';
Format.Length = Long;
Format.Prec = 1; // Case insensitive
Constant = (To_Tdb->GetAmType() != TYPE_AM_TBL);
Sname = NULL;
} // end of TIDBLK constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* ReadColumn: what this routine does is to return the server ID. */
/***********************************************************************/
void SIDBLK::ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g)
{
//if (Sname == NULL) {
Sname = (char*)To_Tdb->GetServer();
Value->SetValue_psz(Sname);
// } // endif Sname
} // end of ReadColumn

426
storage/connect/colblk.h
View File

@ -1,221 +1,205 @@
/*************** Colblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: COLBLK.H Version 1.7 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the COLBLK and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __COLBLK__H
#define __COLBLK__H
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "xobject.h"
#include "reldef.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class COLBLK: Base class for table column descriptors. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport COLBLK : public XOBJECT {
friend class TDBPIVOT;
protected:
// Default constructors used by derived classes
COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp = NULL, PTDB tdbp = NULL, int i = 0);
COLBLK(PCOL colp, PTDB tdbp = NULL); // Used in copy process
COLBLK(int n) {} // Used when changing a column class in TDBXML
public:
// Implementation
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_COLBLK;}
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
virtual int GetScale(void) {return Format.Prec;}
virtual int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Long;}
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
virtual void SetOk(void) {Status |= BUF_EMPTY;}
virtual PTDB GetTo_Tdb(void) {return To_Tdb;}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return 0;}
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return FALSE;}
#endif // BLK_INDX
PCOL GetNext(void) {return Next;}
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
int GetIndex(void) {return Index;}
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
ushort GetColUse(void) {return ColUse;}
ushort GetColUse(ushort u) {return (ColUse & u);}
ushort GetStatus(void) {return Status;}
ushort GetStatus(ushort u) {return (Status & u);}
void SetColUse(ushort u) {ColUse = u;}
void SetStatus(ushort u) {Status = u;}
void AddColUse(ushort u) {ColUse |= u;}
void AddStatus(ushort u) {Status |= u;}
void SetNext(PCOL cp) {Next = cp;}
#if defined(MRRBKA_SUPPORT)
PXCOL GetKcol(void) {return To_Kcol;}
#endif // MRRBKA_SUPPORT
void SetKcol(PXCOL kcp) {To_Kcol = kcp;}
PCOLDEF GetCdp(void) {return Cdp;}
PSZ GetDomain(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Decode : NULL;}
PSZ GetDesc(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Desc : NULL;}
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Fmt : NULL;}
bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
bool IsNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &xp, int &ag);
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return false;}
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n) {return 2;}
virtual bool CheckSort(PTDB tdbp);
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual bool VarSize(void) {return false;}
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual bool IsColInside(PCOL colp) {return this == colp;}
bool InitValue(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
PCOL Next; // Next column in table
PSZ Name; // Column name
PCOLDEF Cdp; // To column definition block
PTDB To_Tdb; // Points to Table Descriptor Block
PXCOL To_Kcol; // Points to Xindex matching column
bool Nullable; // True if nullable
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
int Index; // Column number in table
int Opt; // Cluster/sort information
int Buf_Type; // Data type
int Long; // Internal length in table
int Precision; // Column length (as for ODBC)
int Freq; // Evaluated ceiling of distinct values
FORMAT Format; // Output format
ushort ColUse; // Column usage
ushort Status; // Column read status
}; // end of class COLBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class SPCBLK: Base class for special column descriptors. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport SPCBLK : public COLBLK {
public:
// Constructor
SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) = 0;
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return false;}
// Methods
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return true;}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
SPCBLK(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
}; // end of class SPCBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class RIDBLK: ROWID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport RIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ROWID;}
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return Rnm;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
bool Rnm; // False for RowID, True for RowNum
}; // end of class RIDBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class FIDBLK: FILEID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport FIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FILID;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
{return (n == 2 && tdbp == To_Tdb) ? 1 : 2;}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
PSZ Fn; // The current To_File of the table
}; // end of class FIDBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TIDBLK: TABID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TABID;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
{return (n == 3 && tdbp == To_Tdb) ? 1 : 2;}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
TIDBLK(void) {}
// Members
PSZ Tname; // The current table name
}; // end of class TIDBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class SIDBLK: SERVID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport SIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_SRVID;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
{return (n == 3 && tdbp == To_Tdb) ? 1 : 2;}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
SIDBLK(void) {}
// Members
PSZ Sname; // The current server name
}; // end of class SIDBLK
#endif // __COLBLK__H
/*************** Colblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: COLBLK.H Version 1.7 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the COLBLK and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __COLBLK__H
#define __COLBLK__H
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "xobject.h"
#include "reldef.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class COLBLK: Base class for table column descriptors. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport COLBLK : public XOBJECT {
friend class TDBPIVOT;
protected:
// Default constructors used by derived classes
COLBLK(PCOLDEF cdp = NULL, PTDB tdbp = NULL, int i = 0);
COLBLK(PCOL colp, PTDB tdbp = NULL); // Used in copy process
COLBLK(int n) {} // Used when changing a column class in TDBXML
public:
// Implementation
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_COLBLK;}
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
virtual int GetScale(void) {return Format.Prec;}
virtual int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Long;}
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
virtual void SetOk(void) {Status |= BUF_EMPTY;}
virtual PTDB GetTo_Tdb(void) {return To_Tdb;}
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return 0;}
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return FALSE;}
PCOL GetNext(void) {return Next;}
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
int GetIndex(void) {return Index;}
ushort GetColUse(void) {return ColUse;}
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
ushort GetColUse(ushort u) {return (ColUse & u);}
ushort GetStatus(void) {return Status;}
ushort GetStatus(ushort u) {return (Status & u);}
void SetColUse(ushort u) {ColUse = u;}
void SetStatus(ushort u) {Status = u;}
void AddColUse(ushort u) {ColUse |= u;}
void AddStatus(ushort u) {Status |= u;}
void SetNext(PCOL cp) {Next = cp;}
PXCOL GetKcol(void) {return To_Kcol;}
void SetKcol(PXCOL kcp) {To_Kcol = kcp;}
PCOLDEF GetCdp(void) {return Cdp;}
PSZ GetDomain(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Decode : NULL;}
PSZ GetDesc(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Desc : NULL;}
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return (Cdp) ? Cdp->Fmt : NULL;}
bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
bool IsNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return false;}
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
virtual bool VarSize(void) {return false;}
bool InitValue(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
PCOL Next; // Next column in table
PSZ Name; // Column name
PCOLDEF Cdp; // To column definition block
PTDB To_Tdb; // Points to Table Descriptor Block
PXCOL To_Kcol; // Points to Xindex matching column
bool Nullable; // True if nullable
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
int Index; // Column number in table
int Opt; // Cluster/sort information
int Buf_Type; // Data type
int Long; // Internal length in table
int Precision; // Column length (as for ODBC)
int Freq; // Evaluated ceiling of distinct values
FORMAT Format; // Output format
ushort ColUse; // Column usage
ushort Status; // Column read status
}; // end of class COLBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class SPCBLK: Base class for special column descriptors. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport SPCBLK : public COLBLK {
public:
// Constructor
SPCBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) = 0;
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return false;}
// Methods
virtual bool IsSpecial(void) {return true;}
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
SPCBLK(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
}; // end of class SPCBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class RIDBLK: ROWID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport RIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
RIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp, bool rnm);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ROWID;}
virtual bool GetRnm(void) {return Rnm;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
bool Rnm; // False for RowID, True for RowNum
}; // end of class RIDBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class FIDBLK: FILEID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport FIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
FIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FILID;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
PSZ Fn; // The current To_File of the table
}; // end of class FIDBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TIDBLK: TABID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
TIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TABID;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
TIDBLK(void) {}
// Members
PSZ Tname; // The current table name
}; // end of class TIDBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class SIDBLK: SERVID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport SIDBLK : public SPCBLK {
public:
// Constructor
SIDBLK(PCOLUMN cp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_SRVID;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {} // This is a pseudo constant column
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
SIDBLK(void) {}
// Members
PSZ Sname; // The current server name
}; // end of class SIDBLK
#endif // __COLBLK__H

1798
storage/connect/connect.cc
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

6
storage/connect/connect.h
View File

@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
/* Name: CONNECT.H Version 2.4 */
/* This file contains the some based classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
//#include "xtable.h" // Base class declares
#include "filamtxt.h"
#include "tabdos.h"
@ -52,8 +51,6 @@ PGLOBAL CntExit(PGLOBAL g);
/* These classes purpose is chiefly to access protected items! */
/***********************************************************************/
class DOXDEF: public DOSDEF {
//friend class TDBDOX;
//friend int MakeIndex(PGLOBAL, PTDB, PIXDEF);
friend int CntIndexInit(PGLOBAL, PTDB, int);
}; // end of class DOXDEF
@ -74,10 +71,7 @@ class TDBDOX: public TDBDOS {
class XKPDEF: public KPARTDEF {
friend class TDBDOX;
friend class ha_connect;
//friend int CntMakeIndex(PGLOBAL, const char *, PIXDEF);
friend int CntIndexInit(PGLOBAL, PTDB, int);
public:
XKPDEF(const char *name, int n) : KPARTDEF((PSZ)name, n) {}
}; // end of class XKPDEF
//RCODE CheckRecord(PGLOBAL g, PTDB tdbp, char *oldbuf, char *newbuf);

4
storage/connect/domdoc.h
View File

@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ typedef struct _xblock { /* Loaded XML file block */
short Type; /* TYPE_FB_XML */
int Retcode; /* Return code from Load */
MSXML2::IXMLDOMDocumentPtr Docp;/* Document interface pointer */
//IXMLDOMNodeListPtr Nlist;
} XBLOCK, *PXBLOCK;
/******************************************************************/
@ -123,9 +122,6 @@ class DOMATTR : public XMLATTRIBUTE {
friend class DOMDOC;
friend class DOMNODE;
public:
// Properties
//virtual char *GetText(void);
// Methods
virtual bool SetText(PGLOBAL g, char *txtp, int len);

1479
storage/connect/filamap.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

227
storage/connect/filamap.h
View File

@ -1,114 +1,113 @@
/*************** FilAMap H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMAP.H Version 1.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the MAP file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMAP_H
#define __FILAMAP_H
#include "block.h"
#include "filamtxt.h"
typedef class MAPFAM *PMAPFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the variable file access method using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport MAPFAM : public TXTFAM {
public:
// Constructor
MAPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
MAPFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_MAP;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) MAPFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
char *Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
char *Mempos; // Position of next data to read
char *Fpos; // Position of last read record
char *Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
char *Spos; // Start position for delete move
char *Top; // Mark end of file mapping view
}; // end of class MAPFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the blocked file access method using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport MBKFAM : public MAPFAM {
public:
// Constructor
MBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
MBKFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MAPFAM(tmfp) {}
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) MBKFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// No additional members
}; // end of class MBKFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the fixed file access method using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport MPXFAM : public MBKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
MPXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
MPXFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MBKFAM(tmfp) {}
// Implementation
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) MPXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
//virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// No additional members
}; // end of class MPXFAM
#endif // __FILAMAP_H
/*************** FilAMap H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMAP.H Version 1.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the MAP file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMAP_H
#define __FILAMAP_H
#include "block.h"
#include "filamtxt.h"
typedef class MAPFAM *PMAPFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the variable file access method using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport MAPFAM : public TXTFAM {
public:
// Constructor
MAPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
MAPFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_MAP;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) MAPFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
char *Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
char *Mempos; // Position of next data to read
char *Fpos; // Position of last read record
char *Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
char *Spos; // Start position for delete move
char *Top; // Mark end of file mapping view
}; // end of class MAPFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the blocked file access method using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport MBKFAM : public MAPFAM {
public:
// Constructor
MBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
MBKFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MAPFAM(tmfp) {}
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) MBKFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// No additional members
}; // end of class MBKFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the fixed file access method using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport MPXFAM : public MBKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
MPXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
MPXFAM(PMAPFAM tmfp) : MBKFAM(tmfp) {}
// Implementation
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) MPXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {return false;}
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// No additional members
}; // end of class MPXFAM
#endif // __FILAMAP_H

11
storage/connect/filamdbf.h
View File

@ -43,7 +43,6 @@ class DllExport DBFBASE {
int Nerr; /* Number of bad records */
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records */
int ReadMode; /* 1: ALL 2: DEL 0: NOT DEL */
//PSZ Defpath; /* Default data path */
}; // end of class DBFBASE
/****************************************************************************/
@ -63,22 +62,18 @@ class DllExport DBFFAM : public FIXFAM, public DBFBASE {
// Methods
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return Nerr;}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int GetRowID(void); // Temporarily suppressed
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
virtual bool CopyHeader(PGLOBAL g);
//int Records; in TXTFAM
//int Headlen; in TXTFAM
// Members
}; // end of class DBFFAM
/****************************************************************************/
@ -100,17 +95,13 @@ class DllExport DBMFAM : public MPXFAM, public DBFBASE {
// Methods
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return Nerr;}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int GetRowID(void); // Temporarily suppressed
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
//int Records; in TXTFAM
//int Headlen; in TXTFAM
}; // end of class DBFFAM
#endif // __FILAMDBF_H

9
storage/connect/filamfix.cpp
View File

@ -168,13 +168,10 @@ int FIXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
CurNum = 0;
Tdbp->SetLine(To_Buf);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
next:
#endif // BLK_INDX
if (++CurBlk >= Block)
return RC_EF;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/*****************************************************************/
/* Before reading a new block, check whether block indexing */
/* can be done, as well as for join as for local filtering. */
@ -185,7 +182,6 @@ int FIXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
case RC_NF:
goto next;
} // endswitch rc
#endif // BLK_INDX
} // endif's
if (OldBlk == CurBlk) {
@ -1043,13 +1039,10 @@ int BGXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
CurNum = 0;
Tdbp->SetLine(To_Buf);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
next:
#endif // BLK_INDX
if (++CurBlk >= Block)
return RC_EF;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/*****************************************************************/
/* Before reading a new block, check whether block optimization */
/* can be done, as well as for join as for local filtering. */
@ -1060,7 +1053,7 @@ int BGXFAM::ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g)
case RC_NF:
goto next;
} // endswitch rc
#endif // BLK_INDX
} // endif's
if (OldBlk == CurBlk) {

178
storage/connect/filamfix.h
View File

@ -1,90 +1,88 @@
/************** FilAMFix H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMFIX.H Version 1.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005 - 2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the FIX file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMFIX_H
#define __FILAMFIX_H
#include "filamtxt.h"
typedef class FIXFAM *PFIXFAM;
typedef class BGXFAM *PBGXFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
/* files with fixed record format (FIX, BIN) */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport FIXFAM : public BLKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
FIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
FIXFAM(PFIXFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FIX;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) FIXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
virtual bool CopyHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
// No additional members
}; // end of class FIXFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset */
/* This class is for fixed formatted files of more than 2 gigabytes. */
/***********************************************************************/
class BGXFAM : public FIXFAM {
public:
// Constructor
BGXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
BGXFAM(PBGXFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGXFAM(this);}
// Methods
//virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos
, int org = FILE_BEGIN);
int BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
// Members
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big file
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big temp file
//BIGINT Xpos; // Current file position
}; // end of class BGXFAM
#endif // __FILAMFIX_H
/************** FilAMFix H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMFIX.H Version 1.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005 - 2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the FIX file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMFIX_H
#define __FILAMFIX_H
#include "filamtxt.h"
typedef class FIXFAM *PFIXFAM;
typedef class BGXFAM *PBGXFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
/* files with fixed record format (FIX, BIN) */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport FIXFAM : public BLKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
FIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
FIXFAM(PFIXFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FIX;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) FIXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return TXTFAM::Cardinality(g);}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s)
{return TXTFAM::MaxBlkSize(g, s);}
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
virtual bool CopyHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
// No additional members
}; // end of class FIXFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset */
/* This class is for fixed formatted files of more than 2 gigabytes. */
/***********************************************************************/
class BGXFAM : public FIXFAM {
public:
// Constructor
BGXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
BGXFAM(PBGXFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos
, int org = FILE_BEGIN);
int BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
// Members
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big file
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle(descriptor) to big temp file
}; // end of class BGXFAM
#endif // __FILAMFIX_H

2904
storage/connect/filamtxt.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

392
storage/connect/filamtxt.h
View File

@ -1,196 +1,196 @@
/************** FilAMTxt H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMTXT.H Version 1.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMTXT_H
#define __FILAMTXT_H
#include "block.h"
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
typedef class DOSFAM *PDOSFAM;
typedef class BLKFAM *PBLKFAM;
typedef class DOSDEF *PDOSDEF;
typedef class TDBDOS *PTDBDOS;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the base class for all file access method classes. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TXTFAM : public BLOCK {
friend class TDBDOS;
friend class TDBCSV;
friend class TDBFIX;
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class DOSCOL;
friend class BINCOL;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TXTFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
TXTFAM(PTXF txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) = 0;
virtual int GetPos(void) = 0;
virtual int GetNextPos(void) = 0;
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return false;}
virtual int GetDelRows(void) {return DelRows;}
int GetCurBlk(void) {return CurBlk;}
void SetTdbp(PTDBDOS tdbp) {Tdbp = tdbp;}
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
void SetBlkPos(int *bkp) {BlkPos = bkp;}
void SetNrec(int n) {Nrec = n;}
char *GetBuf(void) {return To_Buf;}
int GetRows(void) {return Rows;}
bool IsBlocked(void) {return Blocked;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return 0;}
virtual int GetRowID(void) = 0;
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos) = 0;
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header) = 0;
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {IsRead = false; return true;}
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc) = 0;
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual void Rewind(void) = 0;
protected:
// Members
PTDBDOS Tdbp; // To table class
PSZ To_File; // Points to table file name
PFBLOCK To_Fb; // Pointer to file block
bool Placed; // true if Recpos was externally set
bool IsRead; // false for deferred reading
bool Blocked; // true if using blocked I/O
char *To_Buf; // Points to I/O buffer
void *DelBuf; // Buffer used to move lines in Delete
int *BlkPos; // To array of block positions
int BlkLen; // Current block length
int Buflen; // Buffer length
int Dbflen; // Delete buffer length
int Rows; // Number of rows read so far
int DelRows; // Number of deleted rows
int Headlen; // Number of bytes in header
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
int Block; // Number of blocks in table
int Last; // Number of elements of last block
int Nrec; // Number of records in buffer
int OldBlk; // Index of last read block
int CurBlk; // Index of current block
int CurNum; // Current buffer line number
int ReadBlks; // Number of blocks read (selected)
int Rbuf; // Number of lines read in buffer
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
int Blksize; // Size of padded blocks
int Ending; // Length of line end
bool Padded; // true if fixed size blocks are padded
bool Eof; // true if an EOF (0xA) character exists
char *CrLf; // End of line character(s)
}; // end of class TXTFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DOSFAM : public TXTFAM {
public:
// Constructor
DOSFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
DOSFAM(PDOSFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return UseTemp;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) DOSFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
FILE *Stream; // Points to Dos file structure
FILE *T_Stream; // Points to temporary file structure
PFBLOCK To_Fbt; // Pointer to temp file block
int Fpos; // Position of last read record
int Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
int Spos; // Start position for delete move
bool UseTemp; // True to use a temporary file in Delete
bool Bin; // True to force binary mode
}; // end of class DOSFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport BLKFAM : public DOSFAM {
public:
// Constructor
BLKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
BLKFAM(PBLKFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_BLK;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) BLKFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
char *OutBuf; // Buffer to write in temporary file
bool Closing; // True when closing on Update
}; // end of class BLKFAM
#endif // __FILAMTXT_H
/************** FilAMTxt H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMTXT.H Version 1.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMTXT_H
#define __FILAMTXT_H
#include "block.h"
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
typedef class DOSFAM *PDOSFAM;
typedef class BLKFAM *PBLKFAM;
typedef class DOSDEF *PDOSDEF;
typedef class TDBDOS *PTDBDOS;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the base class for all file access method classes. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TXTFAM : public BLOCK {
friend class TDBDOS;
friend class TDBCSV;
friend class TDBFIX;
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class DOSCOL;
friend class BINCOL;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TXTFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
TXTFAM(PTXF txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) = 0;
virtual int GetPos(void) = 0;
virtual int GetNextPos(void) = 0;
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return false;}
virtual int GetDelRows(void) {return DelRows;}
int GetCurBlk(void) {return CurBlk;}
void SetTdbp(PTDBDOS tdbp) {Tdbp = tdbp;}
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
void SetBlkPos(int *bkp) {BlkPos = bkp;}
void SetNrec(int n) {Nrec = n;}
char *GetBuf(void) {return To_Buf;}
int GetRows(void) {return Rows;}
bool IsBlocked(void) {return Blocked;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
virtual int GetNerr(void) {return 0;}
virtual int GetRowID(void) = 0;
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos) = 0;
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header) = 0;
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual bool DeferReading(void) {IsRead = false; return true;}
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc) = 0;
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
virtual void Rewind(void) = 0;
protected:
// Members
PTDBDOS Tdbp; // To table class
PSZ To_File; // Points to table file name
PFBLOCK To_Fb; // Pointer to file block
bool Placed; // true if Recpos was externally set
bool IsRead; // false for deferred reading
bool Blocked; // true if using blocked I/O
char *To_Buf; // Points to I/O buffer
void *DelBuf; // Buffer used to move lines in Delete
int *BlkPos; // To array of block positions
int BlkLen; // Current block length
int Buflen; // Buffer length
int Dbflen; // Delete buffer length
int Rows; // Number of rows read so far
int DelRows; // Number of deleted rows
int Headlen; // Number of bytes in header
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
int Block; // Number of blocks in table
int Last; // Number of elements of last block
int Nrec; // Number of records in buffer
int OldBlk; // Index of last read block
int CurBlk; // Index of current block
int CurNum; // Current buffer line number
int ReadBlks; // Number of blocks read (selected)
int Rbuf; // Number of lines read in buffer
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
int Blksize; // Size of padded blocks
int Ending; // Length of line end
bool Padded; // true if fixed size blocks are padded
bool Eof; // true if an EOF (0xA) character exists
char *CrLf; // End of line character(s)
}; // end of class TXTFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DOSFAM : public TXTFAM {
public:
// Constructor
DOSFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
DOSFAM(PDOSFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
virtual bool GetUseTemp(void) {return UseTemp;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) DOSFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b);
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
FILE *Stream; // Points to Dos file structure
FILE *T_Stream; // Points to temporary file structure
PFBLOCK To_Fbt; // Pointer to temp file block
int Fpos; // Position of last read record
int Tpos; // Target Position for delete move
int Spos; // Start position for delete move
bool UseTemp; // True to use a temporary file in Delete
bool Bin; // True to force binary mode
}; // end of class DOSFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for standard */
/* text files with variable record format (DOS, CSV, FMT) */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport BLKFAM : public DOSFAM {
public:
// Constructor
BLKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
BLKFAM(PBLKFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_BLK;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) BLKFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
char *OutBuf; // Buffer to write in temporary file
bool Closing; // True when closing on Update
}; // end of class BLKFAM
#endif // __FILAMTXT_H

8476
storage/connect/filamvct.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

498
storage/connect/filamvct.h
View File

@ -1,249 +1,249 @@
/************** FilAMVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMVCT.H Version 1.5 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the VCT file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMVCT__
#define __FILAMVCT__
#include "filamfix.h"
typedef class VCTFAM *PVCTFAM;
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
typedef class VCMFAM *PVCMFAM;
typedef class VECFAM *PVECFAM;
typedef class VMPFAM *PVMPFAM;
typedef class BGVFAM *PBGVFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in vector format. If MaxBlk=0, each block containing "Elements" */
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
/* Otherwise, data is arranged by column in the file and MaxBlk is */
/* used to set the maximum number of blocks. This leave some white */
/* space allowing to insert new values up to this maximum size. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCTFAM : public FIXFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VCTFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VCTFAM(PVCTFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCTFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
protected:
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
bool ResetTableSize(PGLOBAL g, int block, int last);
// Members
char *NewBlock; // To block written on Insert
char *Colfn; // Pattern for column file names (VER)
char *Tempat; // Pattern for temp file names (VER)
int *Clens; // Pointer to col size array
int *Deplac; // Pointer to col start position array
bool *Isnum; // Pointer to buffer type isnum result
bool AddBlock; // True when adding new blocks on Insert
bool Split; // true: split column file vector format
int Header; // 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file
int MaxBlk; // Max number of blocks (True vector format)
int Bsize; // Because Nrec can be modified
int Ncol; // The number of columns;
}; // end of class VCTFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in vector format accessed using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCMFAM : public VCTFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VCMFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VCMFAM(PVCMFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VMP;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCMFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
// Members
char* Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
char* *Memcol; // Pointer on column start.
}; // end of class VCMFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in full vertical format. Each column is contained in a separate */
/* file whose name is the table name followed by the column number. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VECFAM : public VCTFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VECFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VECFAM(PVECFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VECFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
protected:
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
bool OpenColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode, int i);
// Members
FILE* *Streams; // Points to Dos file structure array
FILE* *T_Streams; // Points to temp file structure array
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
PFBLOCK *T_Fbs; // Pointer to temp file block array
void* *To_Bufs; // Pointer to col val block array
bool InitUpdate; // Used to initialize updating
}; // end of class VECFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in full vertical format accessed using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VMPFAM : public VCMFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VMPFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VMPFAM(PVMPFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VMPFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
bool MapColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode, int i);
// Members
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
}; // end of class VMPFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in (possibly blocked) vector format that can be larger than 2GB. */
/***********************************************************************/
class BGVFAM : public VCTFAM {
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructors
BGVFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
BGVFAM(PBGVFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGVFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
protected:
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos, bool b = false);
bool BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle to big file
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle to temporary file
BIGINT *BigDep; // Pointer to col start position array
}; // end of class BGVFAM
#endif // __FILAMVCT__
/************** FilAMVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMVCT.H Version 1.5 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the VCT file access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMVCT__
#define __FILAMVCT__
#include "filamfix.h"
typedef class VCTFAM *PVCTFAM;
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
typedef class VCMFAM *PVCMFAM;
typedef class VECFAM *PVECFAM;
typedef class VMPFAM *PVMPFAM;
typedef class BGVFAM *PBGVFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in vector format. If MaxBlk=0, each block containing "Elements" */
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
/* Otherwise, data is arranged by column in the file and MaxBlk is */
/* used to set the maximum number of blocks. This leave some white */
/* space allowing to insert new values up to this maximum size. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCTFAM : public FIXFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VCTFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VCTFAM(PVCTFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCTFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
protected:
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
bool ResetTableSize(PGLOBAL g, int block, int last);
// Members
char *NewBlock; // To block written on Insert
char *Colfn; // Pattern for column file names (VER)
char *Tempat; // Pattern for temp file names (VER)
int *Clens; // Pointer to col size array
int *Deplac; // Pointer to col start position array
bool *Isnum; // Pointer to buffer type isnum result
bool AddBlock; // True when adding new blocks on Insert
bool Split; // true: split column file vector format
int Header; // 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file
int MaxBlk; // Max number of blocks (True vector format)
int Bsize; // Because Nrec can be modified
int Ncol; // The number of columns;
}; // end of class VCTFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in vector format accessed using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCMFAM : public VCTFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VCMFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VCMFAM(PVCMFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VMP;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VCMFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
// Members
char* Memory; // Pointer on file mapping view.
char* *Memcol; // Pointer on column start.
}; // end of class VCMFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in full vertical format. Each column is contained in a separate */
/* file whose name is the table name followed by the column number. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VECFAM : public VCTFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VECFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VECFAM(PVECFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VECFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool InitInsert(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
protected:
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveLines(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
virtual int RenameTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
bool OpenColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode, int i);
// Members
FILE* *Streams; // Points to Dos file structure array
FILE* *T_Streams; // Points to temp file structure array
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
PFBLOCK *T_Fbs; // Pointer to temp file block array
void* *To_Bufs; // Pointer to col val block array
bool InitUpdate; // Used to initialize updating
}; // end of class VECFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in full vertical format accessed using file mapping. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VMPFAM : public VCMFAM {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructor
VMPFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
VMPFAM(PVMPFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) VMPFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
bool MapColumnFile(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode, int i);
// Members
PFBLOCK *To_Fbs; // Pointer to file block array
}; // end of class VMPFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in (possibly blocked) vector format that can be larger than 2GB. */
/***********************************************************************/
class BGVFAM : public VCTFAM {
friend class VCTCOL;
public:
// Constructors
BGVFAM(PVCTDEF tdp);
BGVFAM(PBGVFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) BGVFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
// Specific functions
virtual bool ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
virtual bool WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g, PVCTCOL colp);
protected:
bool BigSeek(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, BIGINT pos, bool b = false);
bool BigRead(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
bool BigWrite(PGLOBAL g, HANDLE h, void *inbuf, int req);
virtual bool MakeEmptyFile(PGLOBAL g, char *fn);
virtual bool OpenTempFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool MoveIntermediateLines(PGLOBAL g, bool *b = NULL);
virtual bool CleanUnusedSpace(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetBlockInfo(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
HANDLE Hfile; // Handle to big file
HANDLE Tfile; // Handle to temporary file
BIGINT *BigDep; // Pointer to col start position array
}; // end of class BGVFAM
#endif // __FILAMVCT__

2829
storage/connect/filamzip.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

340
storage/connect/filamzip.h
View File

@ -1,171 +1,169 @@
/************** FilAmZip H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMZIP.H Version 1.1 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the GZIP access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMZIP_H
#define __FILAMZIP_H
#include "zlib.h"
typedef class ZIPFAM *PZIPFAM;
typedef class ZBKFAM *PZBKFAM;
typedef class ZIXFAM *PZIXFAM;
typedef class ZLBFAM *PZLBFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the access method class declaration for not optimized */
/* variable record length files compressed using the gzip library */
/* functions. File is accessed record by record (row). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZIPFAM : public TXTFAM {
// friend class DOSCOL;
public:
// Constructor
ZIPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp) : TXTFAM(tdp) {Zfile = NULL; Zpos = 0;}
ZIPFAM(PZIPFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZIP;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIPFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
int Zerror(PGLOBAL g); // GZ error function
// Members
gzFile Zfile; // Points to GZ file structure
z_off_t Zpos; // Uncompressed file position
}; // end of class ZIPFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the access method class declaration for optimized variable */
/* record length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
/* The File is accessed by block (requires an opt file). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZBKFAM : public ZIPFAM {
public:
// Constructor
ZBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
ZBKFAM(PZBKFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZBKFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
bool Closing; // True when closing on Insert
}; // end of class ZBKFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the access method class declaration for fixed record */
/* length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
/* The file is always accessed by block. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZIXFAM : public ZBKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
ZIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
ZIXFAM(PZIXFAM txfp) : ZBKFAM(txfp) {}
// Implementation
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// No additional Members
}; // end of class ZIXFAM
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for PlugDB */
/* fixed/variable files compressed using the zlib library functions. */
/* Physically these are written and read using the same technique */
/* than blocked variable files, only the contain of each block is */
/* compressed using the deflate zlib function. The purpose of this */
/* specific format is to have a fast mechanism for direct access of */
/* records so blocked optimization is fast and direct access (joins) */
/* is allowed. Note that the block length is written ahead of each */
/* block to enable reading when optimization file is not available. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZLBFAM : public BLKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
ZLBFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
ZLBFAM(PZLBFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZLIB;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZLBFAM(this);}
inline void SetOptimized(bool b) {Optimized = b;}
// Methods
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
bool WriteCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
int ReadCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g, void *rdbuf);
// Members
z_streamp Zstream; // Compression/decompression stream
Byte *Zbuffer; // Compressed block buffer
int *Zlenp; // Pointer to block length
bool Optimized; // true when opt file is available
}; // end of class ZLBFAM
#endif // BLK_INDX
#endif // __FILAMZIP_H
/************** FilAmZip H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: FILAMZIP.H Version 1.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the GZIP access method classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __FILAMZIP_H
#define __FILAMZIP_H
#include "zlib.h"
typedef class ZIPFAM *PZIPFAM;
typedef class ZBKFAM *PZBKFAM;
typedef class ZIXFAM *PZIXFAM;
typedef class ZLBFAM *PZLBFAM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the access method class declaration for not optimized */
/* variable record length files compressed using the gzip library */
/* functions. File is accessed record by record (row). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZIPFAM : public TXTFAM {
// friend class DOSCOL;
public:
// Constructor
ZIPFAM(PDOSDEF tdp) : TXTFAM(tdp) {Zfile = NULL; Zpos = 0;}
ZIPFAM(PZIPFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZIP;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIPFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s) {return s;}
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetPos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual bool OpenTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
int Zerror(PGLOBAL g); // GZ error function
// Members
gzFile Zfile; // Points to GZ file structure
z_off_t Zpos; // Uncompressed file position
}; // end of class ZIPFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the access method class declaration for optimized variable */
/* record length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
/* The File is accessed by block (requires an opt file). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZBKFAM : public ZIPFAM {
public:
// Constructor
ZBKFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
ZBKFAM(PZBKFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZBKFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int MaxBlkSize(PGLOBAL g, int s);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetRowID(void);
virtual bool RecordPos(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int SkipRecord(PGLOBAL g, bool header);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteRecords(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
// Members
char *CurLine; // Position of current line in buffer
char *NxtLine; // Position of Next line in buffer
bool Closing; // True when closing on Insert
}; // end of class ZBKFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the access method class declaration for fixed record */
/* length files compressed using the gzip library functions. */
/* The file is always accessed by block. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZIXFAM : public ZBKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
ZIXFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
ZIXFAM(PZIXFAM txfp) : ZBKFAM(txfp) {}
// Implementation
virtual int GetNextPos(void) {return 0;}
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZIXFAM(this);}
// Methods
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// No additional Members
}; // end of class ZIXFAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for PlugDB */
/* fixed/variable files compressed using the zlib library functions. */
/* Physically these are written and read using the same technique */
/* than blocked variable files, only the contain of each block is */
/* compressed using the deflate zlib function. The purpose of this */
/* specific format is to have a fast mechanism for direct access of */
/* records so blocked optimization is fast and direct access (joins) */
/* is allowed. Note that the block length is written ahead of each */
/* block to enable reading when optimization file is not available. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport ZLBFAM : public BLKFAM {
public:
// Constructor
ZLBFAM(PDOSDEF tdp);
ZLBFAM(PZLBFAM txfp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ZLIB;}
virtual int GetPos(void);
virtual int GetNextPos(void);
virtual PTXF Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTXF)new(g) ZLBFAM(this);}
inline void SetOptimized(bool b) {Optimized = b;}
// Methods
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool AllocateBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void CloseTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Rewind(void);
protected:
bool WriteCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g);
int ReadCompressedBuffer(PGLOBAL g, void *rdbuf);
// Members
z_streamp Zstream; // Compression/decompression stream
Byte *Zbuffer; // Compressed block buffer
int *Zlenp; // Pointer to block length
bool Optimized; // true when opt file is available
}; // end of class ZLBFAM
#endif // __FILAMZIP_H

6
storage/connect/filter.cpp
View File

@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ PPARM MakeParm(PGLOBAL g, PXOB xp)
bool PlugEvalLike(PGLOBAL, LPCSTR, LPCSTR, bool);
//bool ReadSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSUBQ);
//PSUBQ OpenSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
void PlugCloseDB(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
//void PlugCloseDB(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
BYTE OpBmp(PGLOBAL g, OPVAL opc);
PARRAY MakeValueArray(PGLOBAL g, PPARM pp);
@ -201,6 +201,7 @@ FILTER::FILTER(PFIL fil1)
Test[1] = fil1->Test[1];
} // end of FILTER copy constructor
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Linearize: Does the linearization of the filter tree: */
/* Independent filters (not implied in OR/NOT) will be separated */
@ -388,7 +389,6 @@ int FILTER::RefNum(PSQL sqlp)
return n;
} // end of RefNum
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* CheckSubQuery: see SUBQUERY::CheckSubQuery for comment. */
/***********************************************************************/
@ -747,7 +747,6 @@ bool FILTER::CheckHaving(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp)
sqlp->SetOk(FALSE);
return FALSE;
} // end of CheckHaving
#endif // 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Used while building a table index. This function split the filter */
@ -924,6 +923,7 @@ int FILTER::CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n)
return max(n1, n2);
} // end of CheckSpcCol
#endif // 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Reset the filter arguments to non evaluated yet. */

22
storage/connect/filter.h
View File

@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ class DllExport FILTER : public XOBJECT { /* Filter description block */
virtual bool Init(PGLOBAL);
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL);
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {return TRUE;} // NUY
virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &xp, int &ag);
virtual int RefNum(PSQL);
virtual PXOB SetSelect(PGLOBAL, PSQL, bool) {return NULL;} // NUY
//virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, PXOB &xp, int &ag);
//virtual int RefNum(PSQL);
//virtual PXOB SetSelect(PGLOBAL, PSQL, bool) {return NULL;} // NUY
//virtual PXOB CheckSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSQL);
virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB);
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n);
//virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB);
//virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB tdbp, int n);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, UINT n);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, UINT z);
PFIL Linearize(bool nosep);
PFIL Link(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fil2);
PFIL RemoveLastSep(void);
// PFIL Linearize(bool nosep);
// PFIL Link(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fil2);
// PFIL RemoveLastSep(void);
// PFIL SortJoin(PGLOBAL g);
// bool FindJoinFilter(POPJOIN opj, PFIL fprec, bool teq,
// bool tek, bool tk2, bool tc2, bool tix, bool thx);
// bool CheckHaving(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp);
bool Convert(PGLOBAL g, bool having);
int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp);
int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp, PTDB tp, int n);
PFIL LinkFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fp2);
// int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp);
// int SplitFilter(PFIL *fp, PTDB tp, int n);
// PFIL LinkFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL fp2);
// PFIL Copy(PTABS t);
protected:

518
storage/connect/global.h
View File

@ -1,260 +1,258 @@
/***********************************************************************/
/* GLOBAL.H: Declaration file used by all CONNECT implementations. */
/* (C) Copyright Olivier Bertrand 1993-2012 */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Included C-definition files common to all Plug routines */
/***********************************************************************/
#include <string.h> /* String manipulation declares */
#include <stdlib.h> /* C standard library */
#include <ctype.h> /* C language specific types */
#include <stdio.h> /* FOPEN_MAX declaration */
#include <time.h> /* time_t type declaration */
#include <setjmp.h> /* Long jump declarations */
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(NOEX)
#define DllExport __declspec( dllexport )
#else // !WIN32
#define DllExport
#endif // !WIN32
#if defined(DOMDOC_SUPPORT) || defined(LIBXML2_SUPPORT)
#define XML_SUPPORT 1
#endif
#if defined(XMSG)
// Definition used to read messages from message file.
#include "msgid.h"
#define MSG(I) PlugReadMessage(NULL, MSG_##I, #I)
#define STEP(I) PlugReadMessage(g, MSG_##I, #I)
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
// Definition used to get messages from resource.
#include "msgid.h"
#define MSG(I) PlugGetMessage(NULL, MSG_##I)
#define STEP(I) PlugGetMessage(g, MSG_##I)
#else // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
// Definition used to replace messages ID's by their definition.
#include "messages.h"
#define MSG(I) MSG_##I
#define STEP(I) MSG_##I
#endif // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
#if defined(WIN32)
#define CRLF 2
#else // !WIN32
#define CRLF 1
#endif // !WIN32
/***********************************************************************/
/* Miscellaneous Constants */
/***********************************************************************/
#define NO_IVAL -95684275 /* Used by GetIntegerOption */
#define VMLANG 370 /* Size of olf VM lang blocks */
#define MAX_JUMP 24 /* Maximum jump level number */
#define MAX_STR 1024 /* Maximum string length */
#define STR_SIZE 501 /* Length of char strings. */
#define STD_INPUT 0 /* Standard language input */
#define STD_OUTPUT 1 /* Standard language output */
#define ERROR_OUTPUT 2 /* Error message output */
#define DEBUG_OUTPUT 3 /* Debug info output */
#define PROMPT_OUTPUT 4 /* Prompt message output */
#define COPY_OUTPUT 5 /* Copy of language input */
#define STD_MSG 6 /* System message file */
#define DEBUG_MSG 7 /* Debug message file */
#define DUMMY 0 /* Dummy file index in Ldm block */
#define STDIN 1 /* stdin file index in Ldm block */
#define STDOUT 2 /* stdout file index in Ldm block */
#define STDERR 3 /* stderr file index in Ldm block */
#define STDEBUG 4 /* debug file index in Ldm block */
#define STDPRN 5 /* stdprn file index in Ldm block */
#define STDFREE 6 /* Free file index in Ldm block */
#define TYPE_SEM -2 /* Returned semantic function */
#define TYPE_DFONC -2 /* Indirect sem ref in FPARM */
#define TYPE_VOID -1
#define TYPE_SBPAR -1 /* Phrase reference in FPARM */
#define TYPE_SEMX 0 /* Initial semantic function type? */
#define TYPE_ERROR 0
#define TYPE_STRING 1
#define TYPE_DOUBLE 2
#define TYPE_SHORT 3
#define TYPE_TINY 4
#define TYPE_BIGINT 5
#define TYPE_LIST 6
#define TYPE_INT 7
#define TYPE_DECIM 9
#if defined(OS32)
#define SYS_STAMP "OS32"
#elif defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
#define SYS_STAMP "UNIX"
#elif defined(OS16)
#define SYS_STAMP "OS16"
#elif defined(DOSR)
#define SYS_STAMP "DOSR"
#elif defined(WIN)
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN1"
#elif defined(WIN32)
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN2"
#else
#define SYS_STAMP "XXXX"
#endif
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* Static variables */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(STORAGE)
char sys_stamp[4] = SYS_STAMP;
#else
extern char sys_stamp[];
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* File-Selection Indicators */
/***********************************************************************/
#define PAT_LOG "log"
#if defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
/*********************************************************************/
/* printf does not accept null pointer for %s target. */
/*********************************************************************/
#define SVP(S) ((S) ? S : "<null>")
#else
/*********************************************************************/
/* printf accepts null pointer for %s target. */
/*********************************************************************/
#define SVP(S) S
#endif
#if defined(STORAGE)
FILE *debug;
#else
extern FILE *debug;
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* General purpose type definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "os.h"
typedef uint OFFSET;
typedef char NAME[9];
typedef struct {
ushort Length;
char String[2];
} VARSTR;
#if !defined(PGLOBAL_DEFINED)
typedef struct _global *PGLOBAL;
#define PGLOBAL_DEFINED
#endif
typedef struct _globplg *PGS;
typedef struct _activity *PACTIVITY;
typedef struct _parm *PPARM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Segment Sub-Allocation block structure declares. */
/* Next block is an implementation dependent segment suballoc save */
/* structure used to keep the suballocation system offsets and to */
/* restore them if needed. This scheme implies that no SubFree be used */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct { /* Plug Area SubAlloc header */
OFFSET To_Free; /* Offset of next free block */
uint FreeBlk; /* Size of remaining free memory */
} POOLHEADER, *PPOOLHEADER;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Language block. Containing all global information for the language */
/* this block is saved and retrieved with the language. Information */
/* in this block can be set and modified under Grammar editing. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(BIT64)
typedef int TIME_T; /* Lang block size must not change */
#else // BIT32
typedef time_t TIME_T; /* time_t */
#endif // BIT32
typedef struct {
uint Memsize;
uint Size;
} AREADEF;
typedef struct Lang_block {
NAME LangName; /* Language name */
NAME Application; /* Application name */
} LANG, *PLANG;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Application block. It contains all global information for the */
/* current parse and execution using the corresponding language. */
/* This block is dynamically allocated and set at language init. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _activity { /* Describes activity and language */
void *Aptr; /* Points to user work area(s) */
NAME Ap_Name; /* Current application name */
} ACTIVITY;
/*---------------- UNIT ?????????? VERSION ? ----------------------*/
typedef struct _parm {
void *Value;
short Type, Domain;
PPARM Next;
} PARM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Global Structure Block. This block contains, or points to, all */
/* information used by CONNECT tables. Passed as an argument */
/* to any routine allows it to have access to the entire information */
/* currently available for the whole set of loaded languages. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _global { /* Global structure */
void *Sarea; /* Points to work area */
uint Sarea_Size; /* Work area size */
PACTIVITY Activityp, ActivityStart;
char Message[MAX_STR];
int Createas; /* To pass info to created table */
void *Xchk; /* indexes in create/alter */
short Alchecked; /* Checked for ALTER */
#if defined(MRRBKA_SUPPORT)
short Mrr; /* True when doing mrr */
#endif // MRRBKA_SUPPORT
short Trace;
int jump_level;
jmp_buf jumper[MAX_JUMP + 2];
} GLOBAL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Exported routine declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(XMSG)
DllExport char *PlugReadMessage(PGLOBAL, int, char *);
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
DllExport char *PlugGetMessage(PGLOBAL, int);
#endif // XMSG || NEWMSG
#if defined(WIN32)
DllExport short GetLineLength(PGLOBAL); // Console line length
#endif // WIN32
DllExport PGLOBAL PlugInit(LPCSTR, uint); // Plug global initialization
DllExport int PlugExit(PGLOBAL); // Plug global termination
DllExport LPSTR PlugRemoveType(LPSTR, LPCSTR);
DllExport LPCSTR PlugSetPath(LPSTR to, LPCSTR prefix, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR dir);
DllExport BOOL PlugIsAbsolutePath(LPCSTR path);
DllExport void *PlugAllocMem(PGLOBAL, uint);
DllExport BOOL PlugSubSet(PGLOBAL, void *, uint);
DllExport void *PlugSubAlloc(PGLOBAL, void *, size_t);
DllExport char *PlugDup(PGLOBAL g, const char *str);
DllExport void *MakePtr(void *, OFFSET);
DllExport void htrc(char const *fmt, ...);
#if defined(__cplusplus)
} // extern "C"
#endif
/*-------------------------- End of Global.H --------------------------*/
/***********************************************************************/
/* GLOBAL.H: Declaration file used by all CONNECT implementations. */
/* (C) Copyright Olivier Bertrand 1993-2012 */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Included C-definition files common to all Plug routines */
/***********************************************************************/
#include <string.h> /* String manipulation declares */
#include <stdlib.h> /* C standard library */
#include <ctype.h> /* C language specific types */
#include <stdio.h> /* FOPEN_MAX declaration */
#include <time.h> /* time_t type declaration */
#include <setjmp.h> /* Long jump declarations */
#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(NOEX)
#define DllExport __declspec( dllexport )
#else // !WIN32
#define DllExport
#endif // !WIN32
#if defined(DOMDOC_SUPPORT) || defined(LIBXML2_SUPPORT)
#define XML_SUPPORT 1
#endif
#if defined(XMSG)
// Definition used to read messages from message file.
#include "msgid.h"
#define MSG(I) PlugReadMessage(NULL, MSG_##I, #I)
#define STEP(I) PlugReadMessage(g, MSG_##I, #I)
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
// Definition used to get messages from resource.
#include "msgid.h"
#define MSG(I) PlugGetMessage(NULL, MSG_##I)
#define STEP(I) PlugGetMessage(g, MSG_##I)
#else // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
// Definition used to replace messages ID's by their definition.
#include "messages.h"
#define MSG(I) MSG_##I
#define STEP(I) MSG_##I
#endif // !XMSG and !NEWMSG
#if defined(WIN32)
#define CRLF 2
#else // !WIN32
#define CRLF 1
#endif // !WIN32
/***********************************************************************/
/* Miscellaneous Constants */
/***********************************************************************/
#define NO_IVAL -95684275 /* Used by GetIntegerOption */
#define VMLANG 370 /* Size of olf VM lang blocks */
#define MAX_JUMP 24 /* Maximum jump level number */
#define MAX_STR 1024 /* Maximum string length */
#define STR_SIZE 501 /* Length of char strings. */
#define STD_INPUT 0 /* Standard language input */
#define STD_OUTPUT 1 /* Standard language output */
#define ERROR_OUTPUT 2 /* Error message output */
#define DEBUG_OUTPUT 3 /* Debug info output */
#define PROMPT_OUTPUT 4 /* Prompt message output */
#define COPY_OUTPUT 5 /* Copy of language input */
#define STD_MSG 6 /* System message file */
#define DEBUG_MSG 7 /* Debug message file */
#define DUMMY 0 /* Dummy file index in Ldm block */
#define STDIN 1 /* stdin file index in Ldm block */
#define STDOUT 2 /* stdout file index in Ldm block */
#define STDERR 3 /* stderr file index in Ldm block */
#define STDEBUG 4 /* debug file index in Ldm block */
#define STDPRN 5 /* stdprn file index in Ldm block */
#define STDFREE 6 /* Free file index in Ldm block */
#define TYPE_SEM -2 /* Returned semantic function */
#define TYPE_DFONC -2 /* Indirect sem ref in FPARM */
#define TYPE_VOID -1
#define TYPE_SBPAR -1 /* Phrase reference in FPARM */
#define TYPE_SEMX 0 /* Initial semantic function type? */
#define TYPE_ERROR 0
#define TYPE_STRING 1
#define TYPE_DOUBLE 2
#define TYPE_SHORT 3
#define TYPE_TINY 4
#define TYPE_BIGINT 5
#define TYPE_LIST 6
#define TYPE_INT 7
#define TYPE_DECIM 9
#if defined(OS32)
#define SYS_STAMP "OS32"
#elif defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
#define SYS_STAMP "UNIX"
#elif defined(OS16)
#define SYS_STAMP "OS16"
#elif defined(DOSR)
#define SYS_STAMP "DOSR"
#elif defined(WIN)
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN1"
#elif defined(WIN32)
#define SYS_STAMP "WIN2"
#else
#define SYS_STAMP "XXXX"
#endif
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* Static variables */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(STORAGE)
char sys_stamp[4] = SYS_STAMP;
#else
extern char sys_stamp[];
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* File-Selection Indicators */
/***********************************************************************/
#define PAT_LOG "log"
#if defined(UNIX) || defined(LINUX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
/*********************************************************************/
/* printf does not accept null pointer for %s target. */
/*********************************************************************/
#define SVP(S) ((S) ? S : "<null>")
#else
/*********************************************************************/
/* printf accepts null pointer for %s target. */
/*********************************************************************/
#define SVP(S) S
#endif
#if defined(STORAGE)
FILE *debug;
#else
extern FILE *debug;
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* General purpose type definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "os.h"
typedef uint OFFSET;
typedef char NAME[9];
typedef struct {
ushort Length;
char String[2];
} VARSTR;
#if !defined(PGLOBAL_DEFINED)
typedef struct _global *PGLOBAL;
#define PGLOBAL_DEFINED
#endif
typedef struct _globplg *PGS;
typedef struct _activity *PACTIVITY;
typedef struct _parm *PPARM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Segment Sub-Allocation block structure declares. */
/* Next block is an implementation dependent segment suballoc save */
/* structure used to keep the suballocation system offsets and to */
/* restore them if needed. This scheme implies that no SubFree be used */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct { /* Plug Area SubAlloc header */
OFFSET To_Free; /* Offset of next free block */
uint FreeBlk; /* Size of remaining free memory */
} POOLHEADER, *PPOOLHEADER;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Language block. Containing all global information for the language */
/* this block is saved and retrieved with the language. Information */
/* in this block can be set and modified under Grammar editing. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(BIT64)
typedef int TIME_T; /* Lang block size must not change */
#else // BIT32
typedef time_t TIME_T; /* time_t */
#endif // BIT32
typedef struct {
uint Memsize;
uint Size;
} AREADEF;
typedef struct Lang_block {
NAME LangName; /* Language name */
NAME Application; /* Application name */
} LANG, *PLANG;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Application block. It contains all global information for the */
/* current parse and execution using the corresponding language. */
/* This block is dynamically allocated and set at language init. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _activity { /* Describes activity and language */
void *Aptr; /* Points to user work area(s) */
NAME Ap_Name; /* Current application name */
} ACTIVITY;
/*---------------- UNIT ?????????? VERSION ? ----------------------*/
typedef struct _parm {
void *Value;
short Type, Domain;
PPARM Next;
} PARM;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Global Structure Block. This block contains, or points to, all */
/* information used by CONNECT tables. Passed as an argument */
/* to any routine allows it to have access to the entire information */
/* currently available for the whole set of loaded languages. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _global { /* Global structure */
void *Sarea; /* Points to work area */
uint Sarea_Size; /* Work area size */
PACTIVITY Activityp, ActivityStart;
char Message[MAX_STR];
int Createas; /* To pass info to created table */
void *Xchk; /* indexes in create/alter */
short Alchecked; /* Checked for ALTER */
short Mrr; /* True when doing mrr */
short Trace;
int jump_level;
jmp_buf jumper[MAX_JUMP + 2];
} GLOBAL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Exported routine declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(XMSG)
DllExport char *PlugReadMessage(PGLOBAL, int, char *);
#elif defined(NEWMSG)
DllExport char *PlugGetMessage(PGLOBAL, int);
#endif // XMSG || NEWMSG
#if defined(WIN32)
DllExport short GetLineLength(PGLOBAL); // Console line length
#endif // WIN32
DllExport PGLOBAL PlugInit(LPCSTR, uint); // Plug global initialization
DllExport int PlugExit(PGLOBAL); // Plug global termination
DllExport LPSTR PlugRemoveType(LPSTR, LPCSTR);
DllExport LPCSTR PlugSetPath(LPSTR to, LPCSTR prefix, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR dir);
DllExport BOOL PlugIsAbsolutePath(LPCSTR path);
DllExport void *PlugAllocMem(PGLOBAL, uint);
DllExport BOOL PlugSubSet(PGLOBAL, void *, uint);
DllExport void *PlugSubAlloc(PGLOBAL, void *, size_t);
DllExport char *PlugDup(PGLOBAL g, const char *str);
DllExport void *MakePtr(void *, OFFSET);
DllExport void htrc(char const *fmt, ...);
#if defined(__cplusplus)
} // extern "C"
#endif
/*-------------------------- End of Global.H --------------------------*/

11421
storage/connect/ha_connect.cc
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

1053
storage/connect/ha_connect.h
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

6
storage/connect/myconn.h
View File

@ -63,15 +63,10 @@ class DllItem MYSQLC {
bool Connected(void);
// Methods
// int GetCurPos(void) {return (m_Res) ? N : 0;}
// int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
int GetResultSize(PGLOBAL g, PSZ sql);
int Open(PGLOBAL g, const char *host, const char *db,
const char *user= "root", const char *pwd= "*",
int pt= 0);
//ulong GetThreadID(void);
//ulong ServerVersion(void);
//const char *ServerInfo(void);
int KillQuery(ulong id);
int ExecSQL(PGLOBAL g, const char *query, int *w = NULL);
int ExecSQLcmd(PGLOBAL g, const char *query, int *w);
@ -87,7 +82,6 @@ class DllItem MYSQLC {
void Rewind(void);
void FreeResult(void);
void Close(void);
//void DiscardResults(void);
protected:
MYSQL_FIELD *GetNextField(void);

140
storage/connect/plgcnx.h
View File

@ -62,146 +62,6 @@ enum INFO {INDX_RC, /* Index of PlugDB return code field */
INDX_SIZE, /* Index of returned data size field */
INDX_MAX}; /* Size of info array */
#ifdef NOT_USED
/**************************************************************************/
/* Internal message types. */
/**************************************************************************/
enum MSGTYP {MST_OPEN = 10, /* Code for old connecting message */
MST_COMMAND = 11, /* Code for send command message */
MST_RESULT = 12, /* Code for get result message */
MST_CLOSE = 13, /* Code for disconnecting message */
MST_PROGRESS = 14, /* Code for progress message */
MST_CANCEL = 15, /* Code for cancel message */
MST_PROCESSED = 16, /* Code for already processed msg */
MST_ERROR = 17, /* Code for get error message */
MST_CHAR = 18, /* Code for get char value message */
MST_LONG = 19, /* Code for get int value message */
MST_COLUMN = 20, /* Code for get col value message */
MST_MESSAGE = 21, /* Code for get message message */
MST_HEADER = 22, /* Code for get header message */
MST_SOCKET = 23, /* Code for socket error message */
MST_SHUTDOWN = 24, /* Code for shutdown message */
MST_SOCKPROG = 25, /* Code for socket progress message */
MST_POST = 26, /* Code for post command message */
MST_NEW_OPEN = 27, /* Code for new connecting message */
MST_PROG_NUM = 5}; /* Num of integers in progress msg */
/**************************************************************************/
/* Vendors. */
/**************************************************************************/
enum VENDOR {VDR_UNKNOWN = -2, /* Not known or not connected */
VDR_PlugDB = -1, /* PlugDB */
VDR_OTHER = 0}; /* OEM */
/**************************************************************************/
/* Attribute keys of Result Description structure (arranged by type). */
/**************************************************************************/
enum CKEYS {K_ProgMsg, K_Lang, K_ActiveDB, K_Cmax};
enum LKEYS {K_NBcol, K_NBlin, K_CurPos, K_RC, K_Result, K_Elapsed,
K_Continued, K_Maxsize, K_Affrows, K_Lmax, K_Maxcol,
K_Maxres, K_Maxlin, K_NBparm};
enum NKEYS {K_Type, K_Length, K_Prec, K_DataLen, K_Unsigned, K_Nmax};
/**************************************************************************/
/* Result description structures. */
/**************************************************************************/
typedef struct _MsgTagAttr {
bool fSupplied;
char Attr[MAXMESSAGE];
} MTAG, *PMTAG;
typedef struct _CharTagAttr {
bool fSupplied;
char Attr[MAXDBNAME];
} CTAG, *PCTAG;
typedef struct _LongTagAttr {
bool fSupplied;
int Attr;
} LTAG, *PLTAG;
typedef struct _ColVar {
LTAG Lat[K_Nmax];
CTAG Cat;
} COLVAR, *LPCOLVAR;
typedef struct _ResDesc {
int Maxcol; /* Max number of columns */
int Colnum; /* Number of columns */
MTAG Mat; /* Message */
CTAG Cat[K_Cmax]; /* Character attributes */
LTAG Lat[K_Lmax]; /* Long int attributes */
COLVAR Col[1]; /* Column attributes */
} RDESC, *PRDESC;
/**************************************************************************/
/* Exported PlugDB client functions in Plgcnx DLL. */
/**************************************************************************/
#if !defined(CNXFUNC)
#if defined(UNIX) || defined(UNIV_LINUX)
#undef __stdcall
#define __stdcall
#endif
#if defined(NOLIB) /* Dynamic link of plgcnx.dll */
#define CNXFUNC(f) (__stdcall *f)
#else /* LIB */ /* Static link with plgcnx.lib */
#define CNXFUNC(f) __stdcall f
#endif
#endif
#if !defined(CNXKEY)
#define CNXKEY uint
#endif
#if !defined(XTRN)
#define XTRN
#endif
//#if !defined(NO_FUNC)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGConnect) (CNXKEY *, const char *, bool);
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGSendCommand) (CNXKEY, const char *, void *, int, int *);
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGGetResult) (CNXKEY, void *, int, int *, bool);
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGDisconnect) (CNXKEY);
XTRN int CNXFUNC(PLGGetErrorMsg) (CNXKEY, char *, int, int *);
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetCharValue)(CNXKEY, char *, int, int);
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetIntValue)(CNXKEY, int *, int);
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetColValue) (CNXKEY, int *, int, int);
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetMessage) (CNXKEY, char *, int);
XTRN bool CNXFUNC(PLGGetHeader) (CNXKEY, char *, int, int, int);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
//#endif /* !NO_FUNC */
/**************************************************************************/
/* Convenience function Definitions */
/**************************************************************************/
#define PLGPostCommand(T,C) PLGSendCommand(T,C,NULL,0,NULL)
#if defined(FNCMAC)
#define PLGGetProgMsg(T,C,S) PLGGetCharValue(T,C,S,K_ProgMsg)
#define PLGGetLangID(T,C,S) PLGGetCharValue(T,C,S,K_Lang)
#define PLGGetActiveDB(T,C,S) PLGGetCharValue(T,C,S,K_ActiveDB)
#define PLGGetCursorPos(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_CurPos)
#define PLGGetResultType(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Result)
#define PLGGetNBcol(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_NBcol)
#define PLGGetNBlin(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_NBlin)
#define PLGGetRetCode(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_RC)
#define PLGGetElapsed(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Elapsed)
#define PLGGetContinued(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Continued)
#define PLGGetMaxSize(T,L) PLGGetIntValue(T,L,K_Maxsize)
#define PLGGetLength(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_Length,C)
#define PLGGetDataSize(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_DataLen,C)
#define PLGGetDecimal(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_Prec,C)
#define PLGGetType(T,L,C) PLGGetColValue(T,L,K_Type,C)
#endif /* FNCMAC */
#endif // NOT_USED
#endif /* !_PLGCNX_H */
/* ------------------------- End of Plgcnx.h ---------------------------- */

1240
storage/connect/plgdbsem.h
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

11
storage/connect/plgdbutl.cpp
View File

@ -374,18 +374,7 @@ PDBUSER PlgMakeUser(PGLOBAL g)
} // endif dbuserp
memset(dbuserp, 0, sizeof(DBUSERBLK));
//dbuserp->Act2 = g->Activityp;
//#if defined(UNIX)
// dbuserp->LineLen = 160;
//#else
// dbuserp->LineLen = 78;
//#endif
//dbuserp->Maxres = MAXRES;
//dbuserp->Maxlin = MAXLIN;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
dbuserp->Maxbmp = MAXBMP;
#endif // BLK_INDX
//dbuserp->AlgChoice = AMOD_AUTO;
dbuserp->UseTemp = TMP_AUTO;
dbuserp->Check = CHK_ALL;
strcpy(dbuserp->Server, "CONNECT");

1102
storage/connect/plugutil.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

27
storage/connect/preparse.h
View File

@ -3,31 +3,6 @@
#include "checklvl.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Struct of variables used by the SQL pre-parsers. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _prepar {
struct _prepar *Next;
char *Debinp; // Start of input buffer
char *Endinp; // End of input buffer
char *Pluginp; // Points on current parsing position
char *Plugbuf; // Start of output buffer
char *Plugptr; // Current output position
char *Debchar; // Next/current start of command
char *Debselp; // Beginning of selection
char *Debline; // Start of current line
char *Plugpar[32]; // Parameters
int Numparms; // Number of defined parameters
int Nprms; // Number of ODBC parameters
int Lines; // Line number
int Chars; // Index of selection start in line
int Endchars; // Index of selection end in line
int Frinp, Frbuf; // 0: no, 1: free, 2: delete Debinp/Plugbuf
int Outsize; // Size of output buffer
FILE *Argfile; // File containing arguments
int Addargs; // 1 if arguments are added to the list
} PREPAR, *PPREP;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Struct of variables used by the date format pre-parser. */
/***********************************************************************/
@ -49,8 +24,6 @@ typedef struct _datpar {
extern "C" {
#endif
int sqlflex(PPREP pp);
int sqpflex(PPREP pp);
int fmdflex(PDTP pp);
#ifdef __cplusplus

880
storage/connect/reldef.cpp
View File

@ -1,444 +1,436 @@
/************* RelDef CPP Program Source Code File (.CPP) **************/
/* PROGRAM NAME: REFDEF */
/* ------------- */
/* Version 1.3 */
/* */
/* COPYRIGHT: */
/* ---------- */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2012 */
/* */
/* WHAT THIS PROGRAM DOES: */
/* ----------------------- */
/* This program are the DB definition related routines. */
/* */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "my_global.h"
#if defined(WIN32)
#include <sqlext.h>
#else
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlopen(), dlclose(), dlsym() ...
#include "osutil.h"
//#include "sqlext.h"
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include application header files */
/* */
/* global.h is header containing all global declarations. */
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing DB application declarations. */
/* catalog.h is header containing DB description declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "mycat.h"
#include "reldef.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "filamap.h"
#include "filamfix.h"
#include "filamvct.h"
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
#include "filamzip.h"
#endif // ZIP_SUPPORT
#include "tabdos.h"
#include "valblk.h"
#include "tabmul.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* External static variables. */
/***********************************************************************/
//extern "C" char plgini[];
/* --------------------------- Class RELDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* RELDEF Constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
RELDEF::RELDEF(void)
{
Next = NULL;
To_Cols = NULL;
Name = NULL;
Database = NULL;
Cat = NULL;
} // end of RELDEF constructor
/* --------------------------- Class TABDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* TABDEF Constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
TABDEF::TABDEF(void)
{
Schema = NULL;
Desc = NULL;
Catfunc = FNC_NO;
Card = 0;
Elemt = 0;
Sort = 0;
Multiple = 0;
Degree = 0;
Pseudo = 0;
Read_Only = false;
} // end of TABDEF constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool TABDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am)
{
int poff = 0;
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(name) + 1);
strcpy(Name, name);
Cat = cat;
Catfunc = GetFuncID(Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Catfunc", NULL));
Elemt = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Elements", 0);
Multiple = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Multiple", 0);
Degree = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Degree", 0);
Read_Only = cat->GetBoolCatInfo("ReadOnly", false);
const char *data_charset_name= cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Data_charset", NULL);
m_data_charset= data_charset_name ?
get_charset_by_csname(data_charset_name, MY_CS_PRIMARY, 0):
NULL;
// Get The column definitions
if ((poff = cat->GetColCatInfo(g, this)) < 0)
return true;
// Do the definition of AM specific fields
return DefineAM(g, am, poff);
} // end of Define
/* --------------------------- Class OEMDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetXdef: get the external TABDEF from OEM module. */
/***********************************************************************/
PTABDEF OEMDEF::GetXdef(PGLOBAL g)
{
typedef PTABDEF (__stdcall *XGETDEF) (PGLOBAL, void *);
char c, getname[40] = "Get";
PTABDEF xdefp;
XGETDEF getdef = NULL;
PCATLG cat = Cat;
#if defined(WIN32)
// Is the DLL already loaded?
if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = GetModuleHandle(Module)))
// No, load the Dll implementing the function
if (!(Hdll = LoadLibrary(Module))) {
char buf[256];
DWORD rc = GetLastError();
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DLL_LOAD_ERROR), rc, Module);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, rc, 0,
(LPTSTR)buf, sizeof(buf), NULL);
strcat(strcat(g->Message, ": "), buf);
return NULL;
} // endif hDll
// The exported name is always in uppercase
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
c = Subtype[i];
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
if (!c) break;
} // endfor i
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)GetProcAddress((HINSTANCE)Hdll, getname))) {
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(PROCADD_ERROR), GetLastError(), getname);
FreeLibrary((HMODULE)Hdll);
return NULL;
} // endif getdef
#else // !WIN32
const char *error = NULL;
// Is the library already loaded?
// if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = ???))
// Load the desired shared library
if (!(Hdll = dlopen(Module, RTLD_LAZY))) {
error = dlerror();
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SHARED_LIB_ERR), Module, SVP(error));
return NULL;
} // endif Hdll
// The exported name is always in uppercase
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
c = Subtype[i];
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
if (!c) break;
} // endfor i
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)dlsym(Hdll, getname))) {
error = dlerror();
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(GET_FUNC_ERR), getname, SVP(error));
dlclose(Hdll);
return NULL;
} // endif getdef
#endif // !WIN32
// Just in case the external Get function does not set error messages
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DEF_ALLOC_ERROR), Subtype);
// Get the table definition block
if (!(xdefp = getdef(g, NULL)))
return NULL;
// Have the external class do its complete definition
if (!cat->Cbuf) {
// Suballocate a temporary buffer for the entire column section
cat->Cblen = cat->GetSizeCatInfo("Colsize", "8K");
cat->Cbuf = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, cat->Cblen);
} // endif Cbuf
// Here "OEM" should be replace by a more useful value
if (xdefp->Define(g, cat, Name, "OEM"))
return NULL;
// Ok, return external block
return xdefp;
} // end of GetXdef
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* DeleteTableFile: Delete an OEM table file if applicable. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool OEMDEF::DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (!Pxdef)
Pxdef = GetXdef(g);
return (Pxdef) ? Pxdef->DeleteTableFile(g) : true;
} // end of DeleteTableFile
#endif // 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool OEMDEF::DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff)
{
Module = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Module", "");
Subtype = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Subtype", Module);
if (!*Module)
Module = Subtype;
Desc = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(Module)
+ strlen(Subtype) + 3);
sprintf(Desc, "%s(%s)", Module, Subtype);
return false;
} // end of DefineAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetTable: makes a new Table Description Block. */
/***********************************************************************/
PTDB OEMDEF::GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode)
{
RECFM rfm;
PTDBASE tdbp = NULL;
// If define block not here yet, get it now
if (!Pxdef && !(Pxdef = GetXdef(g)))
return NULL; // Error
/*********************************************************************/
/* Allocate a TDB of the proper type. */
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
/*********************************************************************/
if (!(tdbp = (PTDBASE)Pxdef->GetTable(g, mode)))
return NULL;
else
rfm = tdbp->GetFtype();
if (rfm == RECFM_NAF)
return tdbp;
else if (rfm == RECFM_OEM) {
if (Multiple)
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp); // No block optimization yet
return tdbp;
} // endif OEM
/*********************************************************************/
/* The OEM table is based on a file type (currently DOS+ only) */
/*********************************************************************/
assert (rfm == RECFM_VAR || rfm == RECFM_FIX ||
rfm == RECFM_BIN || rfm == RECFM_VCT);
PTXF txfp = NULL;
PDOSDEF defp = (PDOSDEF)Pxdef;
bool map = defp->Mapped && mode != MODE_INSERT &&
!(PlgGetUser(g)->UseTemp == TMP_FORCE &&
(mode == MODE_UPDATE || mode == MODE_DELETE));
int cmpr = defp->Compressed;
/*********************************************************************/
/* Allocate table and file processing class of the proper type. */
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
/*********************************************************************/
if (!((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->GetTxfp()) {
if (cmpr) {
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
if (cmpr == 1)
txfp = new(g) ZIPFAM(defp);
else {
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
txfp = new(g) ZLBFAM(defp);
#else // !BLK_INDX
strcpy(g->Message, "Compress 2 not supported yet");
#endif // !BLK_INDX
return NULL;
} // endelse
#else // !ZIP_SUPPORT
strcpy(g->Message, "Compress not supported");
return NULL;
#endif // !ZIP_SUPPORT
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VAR) {
if (map)
txfp = new(g) MAPFAM(defp);
else
txfp = new(g) DOSFAM(defp);
} else if (rfm == RECFM_FIX || rfm == RECFM_BIN) {
if (map)
txfp = new(g) MPXFAM(defp);
else
txfp = new(g) FIXFAM(defp);
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VCT) {
assert (Pxdef->GetDefType() == TYPE_AM_VCT);
if (map)
txfp = new(g) VCMFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
else
txfp = new(g) VCTFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
} // endif's
((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->SetTxfp(txfp);
} // endif Txfp
if (Multiple)
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp);
return tdbp;
} // end of GetTable
/* --------------------------- Class COLCRT -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLCRT Constructors. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLCRT::COLCRT(PSZ name)
{
Next = NULL;
Name = name;
Desc = NULL;
Decode = NULL;
Fmt = NULL;
Offset = -1;
Long = -1;
Precision = -1;
Freq = -1;
Key = -1;
Scale = -1;
Opt = -1;
DataType = '*';
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table creation
COLCRT::COLCRT(void)
{
Next = NULL;
Name = NULL;
Desc = NULL;
Decode = NULL;
Fmt = NULL;
Offset = 0;
Long = 0;
Precision = 0;
Freq = 0;
Key = 0;
Scale = 0;
Opt = 0;
DataType = '*';
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table & view definition
/* --------------------------- Class COLDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLDEF Constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLDEF::COLDEF(void) : COLCRT()
{
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
To_Min = NULL;
To_Max = NULL;
To_Pos = NULL;
Xdb2 = FALSE;
To_Bmap = NULL;
To_Dval = NULL;
Ndv = 0;
Nbm = 0;
#endif // BLK_INDX
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
Clen = 0;
Poff = 0;
memset(&F, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
Flags = 0;
} // end of COLDEF constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* Define: initialize a column definition from a COLINFO structure. */
/***********************************************************************/
int COLDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff)
{
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Name) + 1);
strcpy(Name, cfp->Name);
if (!(cfp->Flags & U_SPECIAL)) {
Poff = poff;
Buf_Type = cfp->Type;
if ((Clen = GetTypeSize(Buf_Type, cfp->Length)) <= 0) {
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_COL_TYPE), GetTypeName(Buf_Type), Name);
return -1;
} // endswitch
strcpy(F.Type, GetFormatType(Buf_Type));
F.Length = cfp->Length;
F.Prec = cfp->Scale;
Offset = (cfp->Offset < 0) ? poff : cfp->Offset;
Precision = cfp->Precision;
Scale = cfp->Scale;
Long = cfp->Length;
Opt = cfp->Opt;
Key = cfp->Key;
Freq = cfp->Freq;
if (cfp->Remark && *cfp->Remark) {
Desc = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Remark) + 1);
strcpy(Desc, cfp->Remark);
} // endif Remark
if (cfp->Datefmt) {
Decode = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Datefmt) + 1);
strcpy(Decode, cfp->Datefmt);
} // endif Datefmt
} // endif special
if (cfp->Fieldfmt) {
Fmt = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Fieldfmt) + 1);
strcpy(Fmt, cfp->Fieldfmt);
} // endif Fieldfmt
Flags = cfp->Flags;
return (Flags & (U_VIRTUAL|U_SPECIAL)) ? 0 : Long;
} // end of Define
/* ------------------------- End of RelDef --------------------------- */
/************* RelDef CPP Program Source Code File (.CPP) **************/
/* PROGRAM NAME: REFDEF */
/* ------------- */
/* Version 1.4 */
/* */
/* COPYRIGHT: */
/* ---------- */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2014 */
/* */
/* WHAT THIS PROGRAM DOES: */
/* ----------------------- */
/* This program are the DB definition related routines. */
/* */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include relevant MariaDB header file. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "my_global.h"
#if defined(WIN32)
#include <sqlext.h>
#else
#include <dlfcn.h> // dlopen(), dlclose(), dlsym() ...
#include "osutil.h"
//#include "sqlext.h"
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include application header files */
/* */
/* global.h is header containing all global declarations. */
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing DB application declarations. */
/* catalog.h is header containing DB description declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "mycat.h"
#include "reldef.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "filamap.h"
#include "filamfix.h"
#include "filamvct.h"
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
#include "filamzip.h"
#endif // ZIP_SUPPORT
#include "tabdos.h"
#include "valblk.h"
#include "tabmul.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* External static variables. */
/***********************************************************************/
//extern "C" char plgini[];
/* --------------------------- Class RELDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* RELDEF Constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
RELDEF::RELDEF(void)
{
Next = NULL;
To_Cols = NULL;
Name = NULL;
Database = NULL;
Cat = NULL;
} // end of RELDEF constructor
/* --------------------------- Class TABDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* TABDEF Constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
TABDEF::TABDEF(void)
{
Schema = NULL;
Desc = NULL;
Catfunc = FNC_NO;
Card = 0;
Elemt = 0;
Sort = 0;
Multiple = 0;
Degree = 0;
Pseudo = 0;
Read_Only = false;
} // end of TABDEF constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool TABDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am)
{
int poff = 0;
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(name) + 1);
strcpy(Name, name);
Cat = cat;
Catfunc = GetFuncID(Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Catfunc", NULL));
Elemt = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Elements", 0);
Multiple = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Multiple", 0);
Degree = cat->GetIntCatInfo("Degree", 0);
Read_Only = cat->GetBoolCatInfo("ReadOnly", false);
const char *data_charset_name= cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Data_charset", NULL);
m_data_charset= data_charset_name ?
get_charset_by_csname(data_charset_name, MY_CS_PRIMARY, 0):
NULL;
// Get The column definitions
if ((poff = cat->GetColCatInfo(g, this)) < 0)
return true;
// Do the definition of AM specific fields
return DefineAM(g, am, poff);
} // end of Define
/* --------------------------- Class OEMDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetXdef: get the external TABDEF from OEM module. */
/***********************************************************************/
PTABDEF OEMDEF::GetXdef(PGLOBAL g)
{
typedef PTABDEF (__stdcall *XGETDEF) (PGLOBAL, void *);
char c, getname[40] = "Get";
PTABDEF xdefp;
XGETDEF getdef = NULL;
PCATLG cat = Cat;
#if defined(WIN32)
// Is the DLL already loaded?
if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = GetModuleHandle(Module)))
// No, load the Dll implementing the function
if (!(Hdll = LoadLibrary(Module))) {
char buf[256];
DWORD rc = GetLastError();
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DLL_LOAD_ERROR), rc, Module);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, rc, 0,
(LPTSTR)buf, sizeof(buf), NULL);
strcat(strcat(g->Message, ": "), buf);
return NULL;
} // endif hDll
// The exported name is always in uppercase
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
c = Subtype[i];
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
if (!c) break;
} // endfor i
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)GetProcAddress((HINSTANCE)Hdll, getname))) {
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(PROCADD_ERROR), GetLastError(), getname);
FreeLibrary((HMODULE)Hdll);
return NULL;
} // endif getdef
#else // !WIN32
const char *error = NULL;
// Is the library already loaded?
// if (!Hdll && !(Hdll = ???))
// Load the desired shared library
if (!(Hdll = dlopen(Module, RTLD_LAZY))) {
error = dlerror();
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(SHARED_LIB_ERR), Module, SVP(error));
return NULL;
} // endif Hdll
// The exported name is always in uppercase
for (int i = 0; ; i++) {
c = Subtype[i];
getname[i + 3] = toupper(c);
if (!c) break;
} // endfor i
// Get the function returning an instance of the external DEF class
if (!(getdef = (XGETDEF)dlsym(Hdll, getname))) {
error = dlerror();
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(GET_FUNC_ERR), getname, SVP(error));
dlclose(Hdll);
return NULL;
} // endif getdef
#endif // !WIN32
// Just in case the external Get function does not set error messages
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(DEF_ALLOC_ERROR), Subtype);
// Get the table definition block
if (!(xdefp = getdef(g, NULL)))
return NULL;
// Have the external class do its complete definition
if (!cat->Cbuf) {
// Suballocate a temporary buffer for the entire column section
cat->Cblen = cat->GetSizeCatInfo("Colsize", "8K");
cat->Cbuf = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, cat->Cblen);
} // endif Cbuf
// Here "OEM" should be replace by a more useful value
if (xdefp->Define(g, cat, Name, "OEM"))
return NULL;
// Ok, return external block
return xdefp;
} // end of GetXdef
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* DeleteTableFile: Delete an OEM table file if applicable. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool OEMDEF::DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (!Pxdef)
Pxdef = GetXdef(g);
return (Pxdef) ? Pxdef->DeleteTableFile(g) : true;
} // end of DeleteTableFile
#endif // 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Define: initialize the table definition block from XDB file. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool OEMDEF::DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff)
{
Module = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Module", "");
Subtype = Cat->GetStringCatInfo(g, "Subtype", Module);
if (!*Module)
Module = Subtype;
Desc = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(Module)
+ strlen(Subtype) + 3);
sprintf(Desc, "%s(%s)", Module, Subtype);
return false;
} // end of DefineAM
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetTable: makes a new Table Description Block. */
/***********************************************************************/
PTDB OEMDEF::GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode)
{
RECFM rfm;
PTDBASE tdbp = NULL;
// If define block not here yet, get it now
if (!Pxdef && !(Pxdef = GetXdef(g)))
return NULL; // Error
/*********************************************************************/
/* Allocate a TDB of the proper type. */
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
/*********************************************************************/
if (!(tdbp = (PTDBASE)Pxdef->GetTable(g, mode)))
return NULL;
else
rfm = tdbp->GetFtype();
if (rfm == RECFM_NAF)
return tdbp;
else if (rfm == RECFM_OEM) {
if (Multiple)
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp); // No block optimization yet
return tdbp;
} // endif OEM
/*********************************************************************/
/* The OEM table is based on a file type (currently DOS+ only) */
/*********************************************************************/
assert (rfm == RECFM_VAR || rfm == RECFM_FIX ||
rfm == RECFM_BIN || rfm == RECFM_VCT);
PTXF txfp = NULL;
PDOSDEF defp = (PDOSDEF)Pxdef;
bool map = defp->Mapped && mode != MODE_INSERT &&
!(PlgGetUser(g)->UseTemp == TMP_FORCE &&
(mode == MODE_UPDATE || mode == MODE_DELETE));
int cmpr = defp->Compressed;
/*********************************************************************/
/* Allocate table and file processing class of the proper type. */
/* Column blocks will be allocated only when needed. */
/*********************************************************************/
if (!((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->GetTxfp()) {
if (cmpr) {
#if defined(ZIP_SUPPORT)
if (cmpr == 1)
txfp = new(g) ZIPFAM(defp);
else
txfp = new(g) ZLBFAM(defp);
#else // !ZIP_SUPPORT
strcpy(g->Message, "Compress not supported");
return NULL;
#endif // !ZIP_SUPPORT
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VAR) {
if (map)
txfp = new(g) MAPFAM(defp);
else
txfp = new(g) DOSFAM(defp);
} else if (rfm == RECFM_FIX || rfm == RECFM_BIN) {
if (map)
txfp = new(g) MPXFAM(defp);
else
txfp = new(g) FIXFAM(defp);
} else if (rfm == RECFM_VCT) {
assert (Pxdef->GetDefType() == TYPE_AM_VCT);
if (map)
txfp = new(g) VCMFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
else
txfp = new(g) VCTFAM((PVCTDEF)defp);
} // endif's
((PTDBDOS)tdbp)->SetTxfp(txfp);
} // endif Txfp
if (Multiple)
tdbp = new(g) TDBMUL(tdbp);
return tdbp;
} // end of GetTable
/* --------------------------- Class COLCRT -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLCRT Constructors. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLCRT::COLCRT(PSZ name)
{
Next = NULL;
Name = name;
Desc = NULL;
Decode = NULL;
Fmt = NULL;
Offset = -1;
Long = -1;
Precision = -1;
Freq = -1;
Key = -1;
Scale = -1;
Opt = -1;
DataType = '*';
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table creation
COLCRT::COLCRT(void)
{
Next = NULL;
Name = NULL;
Desc = NULL;
Decode = NULL;
Fmt = NULL;
Offset = 0;
Long = 0;
Precision = 0;
Freq = 0;
Key = 0;
Scale = 0;
Opt = 0;
DataType = '*';
} // end of COLCRT constructor for table & view definition
/* --------------------------- Class COLDEF -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* COLDEF Constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
COLDEF::COLDEF(void) : COLCRT()
{
To_Min = NULL;
To_Max = NULL;
To_Pos = NULL;
Xdb2 = FALSE;
To_Bmap = NULL;
To_Dval = NULL;
Ndv = 0;
Nbm = 0;
Buf_Type = TYPE_ERROR;
Clen = 0;
Poff = 0;
memset(&F, 0, sizeof(FORMAT));
Flags = 0;
} // end of COLDEF constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* Define: initialize a column definition from a COLINFO structure. */
/***********************************************************************/
int COLDEF::Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff)
{
Name = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Name) + 1);
strcpy(Name, cfp->Name);
if (!(cfp->Flags & U_SPECIAL)) {
Poff = poff;
Buf_Type = cfp->Type;
if ((Clen = GetTypeSize(Buf_Type, cfp->Length)) <= 0) {
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_COL_TYPE), GetTypeName(Buf_Type), Name);
return -1;
} // endswitch
strcpy(F.Type, GetFormatType(Buf_Type));
F.Length = cfp->Length;
F.Prec = cfp->Scale;
Offset = (cfp->Offset < 0) ? poff : cfp->Offset;
Precision = cfp->Precision;
Scale = cfp->Scale;
Long = cfp->Length;
Opt = cfp->Opt;
Key = cfp->Key;
Freq = cfp->Freq;
if (cfp->Remark && *cfp->Remark) {
Desc = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Remark) + 1);
strcpy(Desc, cfp->Remark);
} // endif Remark
if (cfp->Datefmt) {
Decode = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Datefmt) + 1);
strcpy(Decode, cfp->Datefmt);
} // endif Datefmt
} // endif special
if (cfp->Fieldfmt) {
Fmt = (PSZ)PlugSubAlloc(g, memp, strlen(cfp->Fieldfmt) + 1);
strcpy(Fmt, cfp->Fieldfmt);
} // endif Fieldfmt
Flags = cfp->Flags;
return (Flags & (U_VIRTUAL|U_SPECIAL)) ? 0 : Long;
} // end of Define
/* ------------------------- End of RelDef --------------------------- */

456
storage/connect/reldef.h
View File

@ -1,231 +1,225 @@
/*************** RelDef H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: RELDEF.H Version 1.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the DEF classes definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __RELDEF_H
#define __RELDEF_H
#include "block.h"
#include "catalog.h"
#include "my_sys.h"
typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Table or View (relation) definition block. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport RELDEF : public BLOCK { // Relation definition block
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
public:
RELDEF(void); // Constructor
// Implementation
PRELDEF GetNext(void) {return Next;}
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
PSZ GetDB(void) {return (PSZ)Database;}
PCOLDEF GetCols(void) {return To_Cols;}
void SetCols(PCOLDEF pcd) {To_Cols = pcd;}
PCATLG GetCat(void) {return Cat;}
virtual const char *GetType(void) = 0;
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) = 0;
void SetName(const char *str) { Name=(char*)str; }
void SetCat(PCATLG cat) { Cat=cat; }
// Methods
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g) {return true;}
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return false;}
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) = 0;
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode) = 0;
protected:
PRELDEF Next; /* To next definition block */
PSZ Name; /* Name of the view */
LPCSTR Database; /* Table database */
PCOLDEF To_Cols; /* To a list of column desc */
PCATLG Cat; /* To DB catalog info */
}; // end of RELDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* These classes correspond to the data base description contained in */
/* a .XDB file the A.M. DOS, FIX, CSV, MAP, BIN, VCT, PLG, ODBC, DOM. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TABDEF : public RELDEF { /* Logical table descriptor */
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
public:
// Constructor
TABDEF(void); // Constructor
// Implementation
int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
void SetDegree(int d) {Degree = d;}
int GetElemt(void) {return Elemt;}
void SetNext(PTABDEF tdfp) {Next = tdfp;}
int GetMultiple(void) {return Multiple;}
int GetPseudo(void) {return Pseudo;}
PSZ GetPath(void)
{return (Database) ? (PSZ)Database : Cat->GetDataPath();}
bool SepIndex(void) {return Cat->GetBoolCatInfo("SepIndex", false);}
bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TAB;}
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return NULL;}
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xp) {}
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return false;}
const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return m_data_charset;}
// Methods
bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name);
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am);
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL, LPCSTR, int) = 0;
protected:
// Members
PSZ Schema; /* Table schema (for ODBC) */
PSZ Desc; /* Table description */
uint Catfunc; /* Catalog function ID */
int Card; /* (max) number of rows in table */
int Elemt; /* Number of rows in blocks or rowset */
int Sort; /* Table already sorted ??? */
int Multiple; /* 0: No 1: DIR 2: Section 3: filelist */
int Degree; /* Number of columns in the table */
int Pseudo; /* Bit: 1 ROWID Ok, 2 FILEID Ok */
bool Read_Only; /* true for read only tables */
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
}; // end of TABDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* Externally defined OEM tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport OEMDEF : public TABDEF { /* OEM table */
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
public:
// Constructor
OEMDEF(void) {Hdll = NULL; Pxdef = NULL; Module = Subtype = NULL;}
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "OEM";}
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_OEM;}
// Methods
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
protected:
PTABDEF GetXdef(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
#if defined(WIN32)
HANDLE Hdll; /* Handle to the external DLL */
#else // !WIN32
void *Hdll; /* Handle for the loaded shared library */
#endif // !WIN32
PTABDEF Pxdef; /* Pointer to the external TABDEF class */
char *Module; /* Path/Name of the DLL implenting it */
char *Subtype; /* The name of the OEM table sub type */
}; // end of OEMDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* Column definition block used during creation. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport COLCRT : public BLOCK { /* Column description block */
friend class TABDEF;
public:
COLCRT(PSZ name); // Constructor
COLCRT(void); // Constructor (for views)
// Implementation
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
PSZ GetDecode(void) {return Decode;}
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return Fmt;}
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
int GetFreq(void) {return Freq;}
int GetLong(void) {return Long;}
int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
int GetOffset(void) {return Offset;}
void SetOffset(int offset) {Offset = offset;}
protected:
PCOLCRT Next; /* To next block */
PSZ Name; /* Column name */
PSZ Desc; /* Column description */
PSZ Decode; /* Date format */
PSZ Fmt; /* Input format for formatted files */
int Offset; /* Offset of field within record */
int Long; /* Length of field in file record (!BIN) */
int Key; /* Key (greater than 1 if multiple) */
int Precision; /* Logical column length */
int Scale; /* Decimals for float/decimal values */
int Opt; /* 0:Not 1:clustered 2:sorted-asc 3:desc */
int Freq; /* Estimated number of different values */
char DataType; /* Internal data type (C, N, F, T) */
}; // end of COLCRT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Column definition block. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport COLDEF : public COLCRT { /* Column description block */
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
friend class COLBLK;
friend class DBFFAM;
friend class TDBASE;
public:
COLDEF(void); // Constructor
// Implementation
PCOLDEF GetNext(void) {return (PCOLDEF)Next;}
void SetNext(PCOLDEF pcdf) {Next = pcdf;}
int GetLength(void) {return (int)F.Length;}
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
int GetType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
int GetPoff(void) {return Poff;}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
void *GetMin(void) {return To_Min;}
void SetMin(void *minp) {To_Min = minp;}
void *GetMax(void) {return To_Max;}
void SetMax(void *maxp) {To_Max = maxp;}
bool GetXdb2(void) {return Xdb2;}
void SetXdb2(bool b) {Xdb2 = b;}
void *GetBmap(void) {return To_Bmap;}
void SetBmap(void *bmp) {To_Bmap = bmp;}
void *GetDval(void) {return To_Dval;}
void SetDval(void *dvp) {To_Dval = dvp;}
int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
void SetNdv(int ndv) {Ndv = ndv;}
int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
void SetNbm(int nbm) {Nbm = nbm;}
#endif // BLK_INDX
int Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff);
void Define(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
protected:
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
void *To_Min; /* Point to array of block min values */
void *To_Max; /* Point to array of block max values */
int *To_Pos; /* Point to array of block positions */
bool Xdb2; /* TRUE if to be optimized by XDB2 */
void *To_Bmap; /* To array of block bitmap values */
void *To_Dval; /* To array of column distinct values */
int Ndv; /* Number of distinct values */
int Nbm; /* Number of ULONG in bitmap (XDB2) */
#endif // BLK_INDX
int Buf_Type; /* Internal data type */
int Clen; /* Internal data size in chars (bytes) */
int Poff; /* Calculated offset for Packed tables */
FORMAT F; /* Output format (should be in COLCRT) */
ushort Flags; /* Used by MariaDB CONNECT handler */
}; // end of COLDEF
#endif // __RELDEF_H
/*************** RelDef H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: RELDEF.H Version 1.4 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the DEF classes definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __RELDEF_H
#define __RELDEF_H
#include "block.h"
#include "catalog.h"
#include "my_sys.h"
typedef class INDEXDEF *PIXDEF;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Table or View (relation) definition block. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport RELDEF : public BLOCK { // Relation definition block
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
public:
RELDEF(void); // Constructor
// Implementation
PRELDEF GetNext(void) {return Next;}
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
PSZ GetDB(void) {return (PSZ)Database;}
PCOLDEF GetCols(void) {return To_Cols;}
void SetCols(PCOLDEF pcd) {To_Cols = pcd;}
PCATLG GetCat(void) {return Cat;}
virtual const char *GetType(void) = 0;
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) = 0;
void SetName(const char *str) { Name=(char*)str; }
void SetCat(PCATLG cat) { Cat=cat; }
// Methods
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return false;}
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am) = 0;
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode) = 0;
protected:
PRELDEF Next; /* To next definition block */
PSZ Name; /* Name of the view */
LPCSTR Database; /* Table database */
PCOLDEF To_Cols; /* To a list of column desc */
PCATLG Cat; /* To DB catalog info */
}; // end of RELDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* These classes correspond to the data base description contained in */
/* a .XDB file the A.M. DOS, FIX, CSV, MAP, BIN, VCT, PLG, ODBC, DOM. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TABDEF : public RELDEF { /* Logical table descriptor */
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
public:
// Constructor
TABDEF(void); // Constructor
// Implementation
int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
void SetDegree(int d) {Degree = d;}
int GetElemt(void) {return Elemt;}
void SetNext(PTABDEF tdfp) {Next = tdfp;}
int GetMultiple(void) {return Multiple;}
int GetPseudo(void) {return Pseudo;}
PSZ GetPath(void)
{return (Database) ? (PSZ)Database : Cat->GetDataPath();}
bool SepIndex(void) {return Cat->GetBoolCatInfo("SepIndex", false);}
bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TAB;}
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return NULL;}
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xp) {}
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return false;}
const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return m_data_charset;}
// Methods
bool DropTable(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name);
virtual bool Define(PGLOBAL g, PCATLG cat, LPCSTR name, LPCSTR am);
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL, LPCSTR, int) = 0;
protected:
// Members
PSZ Schema; /* Table schema (for ODBC) */
PSZ Desc; /* Table description */
uint Catfunc; /* Catalog function ID */
int Card; /* (max) number of rows in table */
int Elemt; /* Number of rows in blocks or rowset */
int Sort; /* Table already sorted ??? */
int Multiple; /* 0: No 1: DIR 2: Section 3: filelist */
int Degree; /* Number of columns in the table */
int Pseudo; /* Bit: 1 ROWID Ok, 2 FILEID Ok */
bool Read_Only; /* true for read only tables */
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
}; // end of TABDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* Externally defined OEM tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport OEMDEF : public TABDEF { /* OEM table */
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
public:
// Constructor
OEMDEF(void) {Hdll = NULL; Pxdef = NULL; Module = Subtype = NULL;}
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "OEM";}
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_OEM;}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
protected:
PTABDEF GetXdef(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
#if defined(WIN32)
HANDLE Hdll; /* Handle to the external DLL */
#else // !WIN32
void *Hdll; /* Handle for the loaded shared library */
#endif // !WIN32
PTABDEF Pxdef; /* Pointer to the external TABDEF class */
char *Module; /* Path/Name of the DLL implenting it */
char *Subtype; /* The name of the OEM table sub type */
}; // end of OEMDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* Column definition block used during creation. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport COLCRT : public BLOCK { /* Column description block */
friend class TABDEF;
public:
COLCRT(PSZ name); // Constructor
COLCRT(void); // Constructor (for views)
// Implementation
PSZ GetName(void) {return Name;}
PSZ GetDecode(void) {return Decode;}
PSZ GetFmt(void) {return Fmt;}
int GetOpt(void) {return Opt;}
int GetFreq(void) {return Freq;}
int GetLong(void) {return Long;}
int GetPrecision(void) {return Precision;}
int GetOffset(void) {return Offset;}
void SetOffset(int offset) {Offset = offset;}
protected:
PCOLCRT Next; /* To next block */
PSZ Name; /* Column name */
PSZ Desc; /* Column description */
PSZ Decode; /* Date format */
PSZ Fmt; /* Input format for formatted files */
int Offset; /* Offset of field within record */
int Long; /* Length of field in file record (!BIN) */
int Key; /* Key (greater than 1 if multiple) */
int Precision; /* Logical column length */
int Scale; /* Decimals for float/decimal values */
int Opt; /* 0:Not 1:clustered 2:sorted-asc 3:desc */
int Freq; /* Estimated number of different values */
char DataType; /* Internal data type (C, N, F, T) */
}; // end of COLCRT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Column definition block. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport COLDEF : public COLCRT { /* Column description block */
friend class CATALOG;
friend class PLUGCAT;
friend class MYCAT;
friend class COLBLK;
friend class DBFFAM;
friend class TDBASE;
public:
COLDEF(void); // Constructor
// Implementation
PCOLDEF GetNext(void) {return (PCOLDEF)Next;}
void SetNext(PCOLDEF pcdf) {Next = pcdf;}
int GetLength(void) {return (int)F.Length;}
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
int GetType(void) {return Buf_Type;}
int GetPoff(void) {return Poff;}
void *GetMin(void) {return To_Min;}
void SetMin(void *minp) {To_Min = minp;}
void *GetMax(void) {return To_Max;}
void SetMax(void *maxp) {To_Max = maxp;}
bool GetXdb2(void) {return Xdb2;}
void SetXdb2(bool b) {Xdb2 = b;}
void *GetBmap(void) {return To_Bmap;}
void SetBmap(void *bmp) {To_Bmap = bmp;}
void *GetDval(void) {return To_Dval;}
void SetDval(void *dvp) {To_Dval = dvp;}
int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
void SetNdv(int ndv) {Ndv = ndv;}
int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
void SetNbm(int nbm) {Nbm = nbm;}
int Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PCOLINFO cfp, int poff);
void Define(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
protected:
void *To_Min; /* Point to array of block min values */
void *To_Max; /* Point to array of block max values */
int *To_Pos; /* Point to array of block positions */
bool Xdb2; /* TRUE if to be optimized by XDB2 */
void *To_Bmap; /* To array of block bitmap values */
void *To_Dval; /* To array of column distinct values */
int Ndv; /* Number of distinct values */
int Nbm; /* Number of ULONG in bitmap (XDB2) */
int Buf_Type; /* Internal data type */
int Clen; /* Internal data size in chars (bytes) */
int Poff; /* Calculated offset for Packed tables */
FORMAT F; /* Output format (should be in COLCRT) */
ushort Flags; /* Used by MariaDB CONNECT handler */
}; // end of COLDEF
#endif // __RELDEF_H

2
storage/connect/tabcol.h
View File

@ -85,8 +85,6 @@ class DllExport COLUMN: public XOBJECT { // Column Name/Qualifier block.
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) {assert(false); return false;}
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL) {assert(false); return true;}
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {assert(false); return 2;}
virtual bool CheckSort(PTDB) {assert(false); return false;}
private:
// Members

5289
storage/connect/tabdos.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

539
storage/connect/tabdos.h
View File

@ -1,286 +1,253 @@
/*************** TabDos H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABDOS.H Version 3.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the DOS classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __TABDOS_H
#define __TABDOS_H
#include "xtable.h" // Table base class declares
#include "colblk.h" // Column base class declares
#include "xindex.h"
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
#include "filter.h"
#endif // BLK_INDX
//pedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
typedef class BLOCKFILTER *PBF;
typedef class BLOCKINDEX *PBX;
#endif // BLK_INDX
/***********************************************************************/
/* DOS table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DOSDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class OEMDEF;
friend class TDBDOS;
friend class TDBFIX;
friend class TXTFAM;
friend class DBFBASE;
public:
// Constructor
DOSDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "DOS";}
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return To_Indx;}
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xdp) {To_Indx = xdp;}
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return Huge;}
PSZ GetFn(void) {return Fn;}
PSZ GetOfn(void) {return Ofn;}
void SetBlock(int block) {Block = block;}
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
int GetLast(void) {return Last;}
void SetLast(int last) {Last = last;}
int GetLrecl(void) {return Lrecl;}
void SetLrecl(int lrecl) {Lrecl = lrecl;}
bool GetPadded(void) {return Padded;}
bool GetEof(void) {return Eof;}
int GetBlksize(void) {return Blksize;}
int GetEnding(void) {return Ending;}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
bool IsOptimized(void) {return (Optimized == 1);}
void SetOptimized(int opt) {Optimized = opt;}
void SetAllocBlks(int blks) {AllocBlks = blks;}
int GetAllocBlks(void) {return AllocBlks;}
int *GetTo_Pos(void) {return To_Pos;}
#endif // BLK_INDX
// Methods
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return Compressed != 1;}
virtual bool DeleteIndexFile(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf);
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
bool InvalidateIndex(PGLOBAL g);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
bool GetOptFileName(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
void RemoveOptValues(PGLOBAL g);
#endif // BLK_INDX
protected:
//virtual bool Erase(char *filename);
// Members
PSZ Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
PSZ Ofn; /* Base Path/Name of matching index files*/
PIXDEF To_Indx; /* To index definitions blocks */
RECFM Recfm; /* 0:VAR, 1:FIX, 2:BIN, 3:VCT, 6:DBF */
bool Mapped; /* 0: disk file, 1: memory mapped file */
bool Padded; /* true for padded table file */
bool Huge; /* true for files larger than 2GB */
bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted (DBF)*/
bool Eof; /* true if an EOF (0xA) character exists */
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
int *To_Pos; /* To array of block starting positions */
int Optimized; /* 0: No, 1:Yes, 2:Redo optimization */
int AllocBlks; /* Number of suballocated opt blocks */
#endif // BLK_INDX
int Compressed; /* 0: No, 1: gz, 2:zlib compressed file */
int Lrecl; /* Size of biggest record */
int AvgLen; /* Average size of records */
int Block; /* Number de blocks of FIX/VCT tables */
int Last; /* Number of elements of last block */
int Blksize; /* Size of padded blocks */
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records (DBF) */
int ReadMode; /* Specific to DBF */
int Ending; /* Length of end of lines */
}; // end of DOSDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset. */
/* The last column (and record) is of variable length. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBDOS : public TDBASE {
//friend class KINDEX;
friend class XINDEX;
friend class DOSCOL;
friend class MAPCOL;
friend class TXTFAM;
friend class DOSFAM;
friend class VCTCOL;
//friend class TDBMUL;
friend RCODE CntDeleteRow(PGLOBAL, PTDB, bool);
public:
// Constructors
TDBDOS(PDOSDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
TDBDOS(PGLOBAL g, PTDBDOS tdbp);
// Inline functions
inline void SetTxfp(PTXF txfp) {Txfp = txfp; Txfp->SetTdbp(this);}
inline PTXF GetTxfp(void) {return Txfp;}
inline char *GetLine(void) {return To_Line;}
inline int GetCurBlk(void) {return Txfp->GetCurBlk();}
inline void SetLine(char *toline) {To_Line = toline;}
inline void IncLine(int inc) {To_Line += inc;}
inline bool IsRead(void) {return Txfp->IsRead;}
inline PXOB *GetLink(void) {return To_Link;}
//inline PCOL *GetKeyCol(void) {return To_Key_Col;}
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return Txfp->GetAmType();}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->To_File;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Txfp->To_File = fn;}
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return Ftype;}
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {Txfp->SetNrec(1);}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBDOS(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Txfp->Reset();}
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual bool NeedIndexing(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = Cardinal = -1;}
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual int MakeBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SaveBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
virtual PBF InitBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL filp);
//virtual PBX InitBlockIndex(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int TestBlock(PGLOBAL g);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual char *GetOpenMode(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode) {return NULL;}
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->GetFileLength(g);}
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetProgCur(void);
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return Txfp->GetDelRows();}
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Txfp->GetPos();}
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos)
{return Txfp->SetPos(g, recpos);}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->ReadBuffer(g);}
// Specific routine
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
// Optimization routines
int MakeIndex(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf, bool add);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
void ResetBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g);
bool GetDistinctColumnValues(PGLOBAL g, int nrec);
protected:
PBF CheckBlockFilari(PGLOBAL g, PXOB *arg, int op, bool *cnv);
#endif // BLK_INDX
// Members
PTXF Txfp; // To the File access method class
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
//PBX To_BlkIdx; // To index test block
PBF To_BlkFil; // To evaluation block filter
PFIL SavFil; // Saved hidden filter
#endif // BLK_INDX
char *To_Line; // Points to current processed line
int Cardinal; // Table Cardinality
RECFM Ftype; // File type: 0-var 1-fixed 2-binary (VCT)
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
int AvgLen; // Logical Record Average Length
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
//int Xeval; // BlockTest return value
int Beval; // BlockEval return value
#endif // BLK_INDX
}; // end of class TDBDOS
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class DOSCOL: DOS access method column descriptor. */
/* This A.M. is used for text file tables under operating systems */
/* DOS, OS2, UNIX, WIN16 and WIN32. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DOSCOL : public COLBLK {
friend class TDBDOS;
friend class TDBFIX;
public:
// Constructors
DOSCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tp, PCOL cp, int i, PSZ am = "DOS");
DOSCOL(DOSCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return Clustered;}
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return (Clustered &&
((PDOSDEF)(((PTDBDOS)To_Tdb)->To_Def))->IsOptimized());}
virtual int IsSorted(void) {return Sorted;}
virtual PVBLK GetMin(void) {return Min;}
virtual PVBLK GetMax(void) {return Max;}
virtual int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
virtual int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
virtual PVBLK GetBmap(void) {return Bmap;}
virtual PVBLK GetDval(void) {return Dval;}
#endif // BLK_INDX
// Methods
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual bool VarSize(void);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
protected:
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual bool SetMinMax(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBitMap(PGLOBAL g);
bool CheckSorted(PGLOBAL g);
bool AddDistinctValue(PGLOBAL g);
#endif // BLK_INDX
// Default constructor not to be used
DOSCOL(void) {}
// Members
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
PVBLK Min; // Array of block min values
PVBLK Max; // Array of block max values
PVBLK Bmap; // Array of block bitmap values
PVBLK Dval; // Array of column distinct values
#endif // BLK_INDX
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
PVAL OldVal; // The previous value of the object.
char *Buf; // Buffer used in write operations
bool Ldz; // True if field contains leading zeros
bool Nod; // True if no decimal point
int Dcm; // Last Dcm digits are decimals
int Deplac; // Offset in dos_buf
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
int Clustered; // 0:No 1:Yes
int Sorted; // 0:No 1:Asc (2:Desc - NIY)
int Ndv; // Number of distinct values
int Nbm; // Number of uint in bitmap
#endif // BLK_INDX
}; // end of class DOSCOL
#endif // __TABDOS_H
/*************** TabDos H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABDOS.H Version 3.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the DOS classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __TABDOS_H
#define __TABDOS_H
#include "xtable.h" // Table base class declares
#include "colblk.h" // Column base class declares
#include "xindex.h"
#include "filter.h"
//pedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
typedef class TXTFAM *PTXF;
typedef class BLOCKFILTER *PBF;
typedef class BLOCKINDEX *PBX;
/***********************************************************************/
/* DOS table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DOSDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class OEMDEF;
friend class TDBDOS;
friend class TDBFIX;
friend class TXTFAM;
friend class DBFBASE;
public:
// Constructor
DOSDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetDefType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "DOS";}
virtual PIXDEF GetIndx(void) {return To_Indx;}
virtual void SetIndx(PIXDEF xdp) {To_Indx = xdp;}
virtual bool IsHuge(void) {return Huge;}
PSZ GetFn(void) {return Fn;}
PSZ GetOfn(void) {return Ofn;}
void SetBlock(int block) {Block = block;}
int GetBlock(void) {return Block;}
int GetLast(void) {return Last;}
void SetLast(int last) {Last = last;}
int GetLrecl(void) {return Lrecl;}
void SetLrecl(int lrecl) {Lrecl = lrecl;}
bool GetPadded(void) {return Padded;}
bool GetEof(void) {return Eof;}
int GetBlksize(void) {return Blksize;}
int GetEnding(void) {return Ending;}
bool IsOptimized(void) {return (Optimized == 1);}
void SetOptimized(int opt) {Optimized = opt;}
void SetAllocBlks(int blks) {AllocBlks = blks;}
int GetAllocBlks(void) {return AllocBlks;}
int *GetTo_Pos(void) {return To_Pos;}
// Methods
virtual bool Indexable(void) {return Compressed != 1;}
virtual bool DeleteIndexFile(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf);
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
bool InvalidateIndex(PGLOBAL g);
bool GetOptFileName(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
void RemoveOptValues(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
//virtual bool Erase(char *filename);
// Members
PSZ Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
PSZ Ofn; /* Base Path/Name of matching index files*/
PIXDEF To_Indx; /* To index definitions blocks */
RECFM Recfm; /* 0:VAR, 1:FIX, 2:BIN, 3:VCT, 6:DBF */
bool Mapped; /* 0: disk file, 1: memory mapped file */
bool Padded; /* true for padded table file */
bool Huge; /* true for files larger than 2GB */
bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted (DBF)*/
bool Eof; /* true if an EOF (0xA) character exists */
int *To_Pos; /* To array of block starting positions */
int Optimized; /* 0: No, 1:Yes, 2:Redo optimization */
int AllocBlks; /* Number of suballocated opt blocks */
int Compressed; /* 0: No, 1: gz, 2:zlib compressed file */
int Lrecl; /* Size of biggest record */
int AvgLen; /* Average size of records */
int Block; /* Number de blocks of FIX/VCT tables */
int Last; /* Number of elements of last block */
int Blksize; /* Size of padded blocks */
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records (DBF) */
int ReadMode; /* Specific to DBF */
int Ending; /* Length of end of lines */
}; // end of DOSDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* that are standard files with columns starting at fixed offset. */
/* The last column (and record) is of variable length. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBDOS : public TDBASE {
friend class XINDEX;
friend class DOSCOL;
friend class MAPCOL;
friend class TXTFAM;
friend class DOSFAM;
friend class VCTCOL;
friend RCODE CntDeleteRow(PGLOBAL, PTDB, bool);
public:
// Constructors
TDBDOS(PDOSDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
TDBDOS(PGLOBAL g, PTDBDOS tdbp);
// Inline functions
inline void SetTxfp(PTXF txfp) {Txfp = txfp; Txfp->SetTdbp(this);}
inline PTXF GetTxfp(void) {return Txfp;}
inline char *GetLine(void) {return To_Line;}
inline int GetCurBlk(void) {return Txfp->GetCurBlk();}
inline void SetLine(char *toline) {To_Line = toline;}
inline void IncLine(int inc) {To_Line += inc;}
inline bool IsRead(void) {return Txfp->IsRead;}
inline PXOB *GetLink(void) {return To_Link;}
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return Txfp->GetAmType();}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->To_File;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Txfp->To_File = fn;}
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return Ftype;}
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {Txfp->SetNrec(1);}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBDOS(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Txfp->Reset();}
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = Cardinal = -1;}
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
virtual int MakeBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SaveBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g);
virtual PBF InitBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g, PFIL filp);
//virtual PBX InitBlockIndex(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int TestBlock(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual char *GetOpenMode(PGLOBAL g, char *opmode) {return NULL;}
virtual int GetFileLength(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->GetFileLength(g);}
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetProgCur(void);
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return Txfp->GetDelRows();}
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Txfp->GetPos();}
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos)
{return Txfp->SetPos(g, recpos);}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g) {return Txfp->ReadBuffer(g);}
// Specific routine
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
// Optimization routines
int MakeIndex(PGLOBAL g, PIXDEF pxdf, bool add);
void ResetBlockFilter(PGLOBAL g);
bool GetDistinctColumnValues(PGLOBAL g, int nrec);
protected:
PBF CheckBlockFilari(PGLOBAL g, PXOB *arg, int op, bool *cnv);
// Members
PTXF Txfp; // To the File access method class
//PBX To_BlkIdx; // To index test block
PBF To_BlkFil; // To evaluation block filter
PFIL SavFil; // Saved hidden filter
char *To_Line; // Points to current processed line
int Cardinal; // Table Cardinality
RECFM Ftype; // File type: 0-var 1-fixed 2-binary (VCT)
int Lrecl; // Logical Record Length
int AvgLen; // Logical Record Average Length
//int Xeval; // BlockTest return value
int Beval; // BlockEval return value
}; // end of class TDBDOS
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class DOSCOL: DOS access method column descriptor. */
/* This A.M. is used for text file tables under operating systems */
/* DOS, OS2, UNIX, WIN16 and WIN32. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DOSCOL : public COLBLK {
friend class TDBDOS;
friend class TDBFIX;
public:
// Constructors
DOSCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tp, PCOL cp, int i, PSZ am = "DOS");
DOSCOL(DOSCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_DOS;}
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
virtual int GetClustered(void) {return Clustered;}
virtual int IsClustered(void) {return (Clustered &&
((PDOSDEF)(((PTDBDOS)To_Tdb)->To_Def))->IsOptimized());}
virtual int IsSorted(void) {return Sorted;}
virtual PVBLK GetMin(void) {return Min;}
virtual PVBLK GetMax(void) {return Max;}
virtual int GetNdv(void) {return Ndv;}
virtual int GetNbm(void) {return Nbm;}
virtual PVBLK GetBmap(void) {return Bmap;}
virtual PVBLK GetDval(void) {return Dval;}
// Methods
virtual bool VarSize(void);
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
protected:
virtual bool SetMinMax(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBitMap(PGLOBAL g);
bool CheckSorted(PGLOBAL g);
bool AddDistinctValue(PGLOBAL g);
// Default constructor not to be used
DOSCOL(void) {}
// Members
PVBLK Min; // Array of block min values
PVBLK Max; // Array of block max values
PVBLK Bmap; // Array of block bitmap values
PVBLK Dval; // Array of column distinct values
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
PVAL OldVal; // The previous value of the object.
char *Buf; // Buffer used in write operations
bool Ldz; // True if field contains leading zeros
bool Nod; // True if no decimal point
int Dcm; // Last Dcm digits are decimals
int Deplac; // Offset in dos_buf
int Clustered; // 0:No 1:Yes
int Sorted; // 0:No 1:Asc (2:Desc - NIY)
int Ndv; // Number of distinct values
int Nbm; // Number of uint in bitmap
}; // end of class DOSCOL
#endif // __TABDOS_H

15
storage/connect/tabfix.cpp
View File

@ -45,10 +45,8 @@
#include "filamfix.h"
#include "filamdbf.h"
#include "tabfix.h" // TDBFIX, FIXCOL classes declares
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
#include "array.h"
#include "blkfil.h"
#endif // BLK_INDX
/***********************************************************************/
/* DB static variables. */
@ -129,7 +127,6 @@ PCOL TDBFIX::MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n)
/***********************************************************************/
int TDBFIX::ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox)
{
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
int prc, rc = RC_OK;
To_Filter = NULL; // Disable filtering
@ -169,10 +166,6 @@ int TDBFIX::ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox)
} // endif dox
return rc;
#else // !BLK_INDX
RestoreNrec(); // May have been modified
return TDBDOS::ResetTableOpt(g, dop, dox);
#endif // !BLK_INDX
} // end of ResetTableOpt
/***********************************************************************/
@ -211,14 +204,14 @@ int TDBFIX::GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g)
{
if (MaxSize < 0) {
MaxSize = Cardinality(g);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
if (MaxSize > 0 && (To_BlkFil = InitBlockFilter(g, To_Filter))
&& !To_BlkFil->Correlated()) {
// Use BlockTest to reduce the estimated size
MaxSize = Txfp->MaxBlkSize(g, MaxSize);
ResetBlockFilter(g);
} // endif To_BlkFil
#endif // BLK_INDX
} // endif MaxSize
return MaxSize;
@ -301,9 +294,7 @@ bool TDBFIX::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
else
Txfp->Rewind(); // see comment in Work.log
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
ResetBlockFilter(g);
#endif // BLK_INDX
return false;
} // endif use
@ -335,12 +326,10 @@ bool TDBFIX::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
/*********************************************************************/
To_Line = Txfp->GetBuf(); // For WriteDB
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/*********************************************************************/
/* Allocate the block filter tree if evaluation is possible. */
/*********************************************************************/
To_BlkFil = InitBlockFilter(g, To_Filter);
#endif // BLK_INDX
if (trace)
htrc("OpenDos: R%hd mode=%d\n", Tdb_No, Mode);

2865
storage/connect/tabfmt.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

380
storage/connect/tabfmt.h
View File

@ -1,192 +1,188 @@
/*************** TabFmt H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABFMT.H Version 2.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the CSV and FMT classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "xtable.h" // Base class declares
#include "tabdos.h"
//pedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
typedef class TDBFMT *PTDBFMT;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Functions used externally. */
/***********************************************************************/
PQRYRES CSVColumns(PGLOBAL g, const char *fn, char sep, char q,
int hdr, int mxr, bool info);
/***********************************************************************/
/* CSV table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CSVDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBCSV;
friend class TDBCCL;
public:
// Constructor
CSVDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "CSV";}
char GetSep(void) {return Sep;}
char GetQot(void) {return Qot;}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
protected:
// Members
bool Fmtd; /* true for formatted files */
//bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted */
bool Header; /* true if first line contains headers */
//int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records */
int Quoted; /* Quoting level for quoted fields */
char Sep; /* Separator for standard CSV files */
char Qot; /* Character for quoted strings */
}; // end of CSVDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* that are CSV files with columns separated by the Sep character. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBCSV : public TDBDOS {
friend class CSVCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBCSV(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
TDBCSV(PGLOBAL g, PTDBCSV tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBCSV(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
//virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nerr;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
// Specific routines
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool CheckErr(void);
protected:
// Members
PSZ *Field; // Field to write to current line
int *Offset; // Column offsets for current record
int *Fldlen; // Column field length for current record
bool *Fldtyp; // true for numeric fields
int Fields; // Number of fields to handle
int Nerr; // Number of bad records
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad records
int Quoted; // Quoting level for quoted fields
bool Accept; // true if bad lines are accepted
bool Header; // true if first line contains column headers
char Sep; // Separator
char Qot; // Quoting character
}; // end of class TDBCSV
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CSVCOL: CSV access method column descriptor. */
/* This A.M. is used for Comma Separated V(?) files. */
/***********************************************************************/
class CSVCOL : public DOSCOL {
friend class TDBCSV;
friend class TDBFMT;
public:
// Constructors
CSVCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
CSVCOL(CSVCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
// Methods
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual bool VarSize(void);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
// void Print(FILE *, uint);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
CSVCOL(void) {}
// Members
int Fldnum; // Field ordinal number (0 based)
}; // end of class CSVCOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* whose record format is described by a Format keyword. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBFMT : public TDBCSV {
friend class CSVCOL;
//friend class FMTCOL;
public:
// Standard constructor
TDBFMT(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp) : TDBCSV(tdp, txfp)
{FldFormat = NULL; To_Fld = NULL; FmtTest = NULL; Linenum = 0;}
// Copy constructor
TDBFMT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBFMT tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FMT;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBFMT(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
//virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
// Specific routines
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
PSZ *FldFormat; // Field read format
void *To_Fld; // To field test buffer
int *FmtTest; // Test on ending by %n or %m
int Linenum; // Last read line
}; // end of class TDBFMT
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the CSV catalog table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBCCL : public TDBCAT {
public:
// Constructor
TDBCCL(PCSVDEF tdp);
protected:
// Specific routines
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
char *Fn; // The CSV file (path) name
bool Hdr; // true if first line contains headers
int Mxr; // Maximum number of bad records
int Qtd; // Quoting level for quoted fields
char Sep; // Separator for standard CSV files
}; // end of class TDBCCL
/* ------------------------- End of TabFmt.H ------------------------- */
/*************** TabFmt H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABFMT.H Version 2.4 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the CSV and FMT classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "xtable.h" // Base class declares
#include "tabdos.h"
typedef class TDBFMT *PTDBFMT;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Functions used externally. */
/***********************************************************************/
PQRYRES CSVColumns(PGLOBAL g, const char *fn, char sep, char q,
int hdr, int mxr, bool info);
/***********************************************************************/
/* CSV table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CSVDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBCSV;
friend class TDBCCL;
public:
// Constructor
CSVDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "CSV";}
char GetSep(void) {return Sep;}
char GetQot(void) {return Qot;}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
protected:
// Members
bool Fmtd; /* true for formatted files */
//bool Accept; /* true if wrong lines are accepted */
bool Header; /* true if first line contains headers */
//int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad records */
int Quoted; /* Quoting level for quoted fields */
char Sep; /* Separator for standard CSV files */
char Qot; /* Character for quoted strings */
}; // end of CSVDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* that are CSV files with columns separated by the Sep character. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBCSV : public TDBDOS {
friend class CSVCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBCSV(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
TDBCSV(PGLOBAL g, PTDBCSV tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBCSV(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
//virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nerr;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
// Specific routines
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SkipHeader(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool CheckErr(void);
protected:
// Members
PSZ *Field; // Field to write to current line
int *Offset; // Column offsets for current record
int *Fldlen; // Column field length for current record
bool *Fldtyp; // true for numeric fields
int Fields; // Number of fields to handle
int Nerr; // Number of bad records
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad records
int Quoted; // Quoting level for quoted fields
bool Accept; // true if bad lines are accepted
bool Header; // true if first line contains column headers
char Sep; // Separator
char Qot; // Quoting character
}; // end of class TDBCSV
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CSVCOL: CSV access method column descriptor. */
/* This A.M. is used for Comma Separated V(?) files. */
/***********************************************************************/
class CSVCOL : public DOSCOL {
friend class TDBCSV;
friend class TDBFMT;
public:
// Constructors
CSVCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
CSVCOL(CSVCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType() {return TYPE_AM_CSV;}
// Methods
virtual bool VarSize(void);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
CSVCOL(void) {}
// Members
int Fldnum; // Field ordinal number (0 based)
}; // end of class CSVCOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* whose record format is described by a Format keyword. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBFMT : public TDBCSV {
friend class CSVCOL;
//friend class FMTCOL;
public:
// Standard constructor
TDBFMT(PCSVDEF tdp, PTXF txfp) : TDBCSV(tdp, txfp)
{FldFormat = NULL; To_Fld = NULL; FmtTest = NULL; Linenum = 0;}
// Copy constructor
TDBFMT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBFMT tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_FMT;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBFMT(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
//virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadBuffer(PGLOBAL g); // Physical file read
// Specific routines
virtual int EstimatedLength(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
PSZ *FldFormat; // Field read format
void *To_Fld; // To field test buffer
int *FmtTest; // Test on ending by %n or %m
int Linenum; // Last read line
}; // end of class TDBFMT
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the CSV catalog table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBCCL : public TDBCAT {
public:
// Constructor
TDBCCL(PCSVDEF tdp);
protected:
// Specific routines
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
char *Fn; // The CSV file (path) name
bool Hdr; // true if first line contains headers
int Mxr; // Maximum number of bad records
int Qtd; // Quoting level for quoted fields
char Sep; // Separator for standard CSV files
}; // end of class TDBCCL
/* ------------------------- End of TabFmt.H ------------------------- */

1182
storage/connect/table.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

3240
storage/connect/tabmysql.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

23
storage/connect/tabmysql.h
View File

@ -185,14 +185,7 @@ class TDBMYEXC : public TDBMYSQL {
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
//virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return AftRows;}
//virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
//virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual void ResetDB(void) {N = 0;}
//virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
virtual bool IsView(void) {return Isview;}
//virtual PSZ GetServer(void) {return Server;}
// void SetDatabase(LPCSTR db) {Database = (char*)db;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
@ -200,20 +193,10 @@ class TDBMYEXC : public TDBMYSQL {
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
//virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
// Specific routines
// bool SetColumnRanks(PGLOBAL g);
// PCOL MakeFieldColumn(PGLOBAL g, char *name);
// PSZ FindFieldColumn(char *name);
protected:
// Internal functions
PCMD MakeCMD(PGLOBAL g);
//bool MakeSelect(PGLOBAL g);
//bool MakeInsert(PGLOBAL g);
//int BindColumns(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
PCMD Cmdlist; // The commands to execute
@ -237,15 +220,9 @@ class MYXCOL : public MYSQLCOL {
MYXCOL(MYSQL_FIELD *fld, PTDB tdbp, int i, PSZ am = "MYSQL");
MYXCOL(MYXCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
//virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_MYSQL;}
// void InitBind(PGLOBAL g);
// Methods
//virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
// bool FindRank(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used

1
storage/connect/taboccur.h
View File

@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ class TDBOCCUR : public TDBPRX {
protected:
// Members
//PTDBASE Tdbp; // To the source table or view
LPCSTR Tabname; // Name of source table
char *Colist; // Source column list
char *Xcolumn; // Occurence column name

1
storage/connect/tabodbc.h
View File

@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ class ODBCCOL : public COLBLK {
// PVBLK GetBlkp(void) {return Blkp;}
// Methods
//virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB tdbp);
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);

363
storage/connect/tabsys.h
View File

@ -1,182 +1,181 @@
/*************** TabSys H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABSYS.H Version 2.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the XDB system tables classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef class INIDEF *PINIDEF;
typedef class TDBINI *PTDBINI;
typedef class INICOL *PINICOL;
typedef class TDBXIN *PTDBXIN;
typedef class XINCOL *PXINCOL;
/* --------------------------- INI classes --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* INI, XDB and XCL tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport INIDEF : public TABDEF { /* INI table description */
friend class TDBINI;
friend class TDBXIN;
friend class TDBXTB;
friend class TDBRTB;
friend class TDBXCL;
public:
// Constructor
INIDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "INI";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
char *Xname; /* The eventual table name */
char Layout; /* R: Row, C: Column */
int Ln; /* Length of section list buffer */
}; // end of INIDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the INI tables. */
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBINI : public TDBASE {
friend class INICOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBINI(PINIDEF tdp);
TDBINI(PTDBINI tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBINI(this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return 0;}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Ifile;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Ifile = fn;}
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Seclist = Section = NULL; N = 0;}
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1; Seclist = NULL;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N;}
char *GetSeclist(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
char *Ifile; // The INI file
char *Seclist; // The section list
char *Section; // The current section
int Seclen; // Length of seclist buffer
int N; // The current section index
}; // end of class TDBINI
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class INICOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class INICOL : public COLBLK {
public:
// Constructors
INICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
INICOL(INICOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
INICOL(void) {}
// Members
char *Valbuf; // To the key value buffer
int Flag; // Tells what set in value
int Long; // Buffer length
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
}; // end of class INICOL
/* --------------------------- XINI class ---------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the XINI tables. */
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file */
/* having 3 columns Section, Key, and Value. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBXIN : public TDBINI {
friend class XINCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBXIN(PINIDEF tdp);
TDBXIN(PTDBXIN tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXIN(this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual void ResetDB(void)
{Seclist = Section = Keycur = NULL; N = 0; Oldsec = -1;}
char *GetKeylist(PGLOBAL g, char *sec);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
protected:
// Members
char *Keylist; // The key list
char *Keycur; // The current key
int Keylen; // Length of keylist buffer
short Oldsec; // Last current section
}; // end of class TDBXIN
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XINCOL: XIN table access method column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XINCOL : public INICOL {
public:
// Constructors
XINCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
XINCOL(XINCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
XINCOL(void) {}
// Members
}; // end of class XINICOL
/*************** TabSys H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABSYS.H Version 2.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2004-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the XDB system tables classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef class INIDEF *PINIDEF;
typedef class TDBINI *PTDBINI;
typedef class INICOL *PINICOL;
typedef class TDBXIN *PTDBXIN;
typedef class XINCOL *PXINCOL;
/* --------------------------- INI classes --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* INI, XDB and XCL tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport INIDEF : public TABDEF { /* INI table description */
friend class TDBINI;
friend class TDBXIN;
friend class TDBXTB;
friend class TDBRTB;
friend class TDBXCL;
public:
// Constructor
INIDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "INI";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
protected:
// Members
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
char *Xname; /* The eventual table name */
char Layout; /* R: Row, C: Column */
int Ln; /* Length of section list buffer */
}; // end of INIDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the INI tables. */
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBINI : public TDBASE {
friend class INICOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBINI(PINIDEF tdp);
TDBINI(PTDBINI tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBINI(this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return 0;}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Ifile;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Ifile = fn;}
virtual void ResetDB(void) {Seclist = Section = NULL; N = 0;}
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1; Seclist = NULL;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N;}
char *GetSeclist(PGLOBAL g);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
char *Ifile; // The INI file
char *Seclist; // The section list
char *Section; // The current section
int Seclen; // Length of seclist buffer
int N; // The current section index
}; // end of class TDBINI
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class INICOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class INICOL : public COLBLK {
public:
// Constructors
INICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
INICOL(INICOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
INICOL(void) {}
// Members
char *Valbuf; // To the key value buffer
int Flag; // Tells what set in value
int Long; // Buffer length
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
}; // end of class INICOL
/* --------------------------- XINI class ---------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the XINI tables. */
/* These are tables represented by a INI like file */
/* having 3 columns Section, Key, and Value. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBXIN : public TDBINI {
friend class XINCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBXIN(PINIDEF tdp);
TDBXIN(PTDBXIN tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_INI;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXIN(this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual void ResetDB(void)
{Seclist = Section = Keycur = NULL; N = 0; Oldsec = -1;}
char *GetKeylist(PGLOBAL g, char *sec);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
protected:
// Members
char *Keylist; // The key list
char *Keycur; // The current key
int Keylen; // Length of keylist buffer
short Oldsec; // Last current section
}; // end of class TDBXIN
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XINCOL: XIN table access method column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XINCOL : public INICOL {
public:
// Constructors
XINCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "INI");
XINCOL(XINCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
XINCOL(void) {}
// Members
}; // end of class XINICOL

328
storage/connect/tabtbl.h
View File

@ -1,169 +1,159 @@
/*************** TabTbl H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABTBL.H Version 1.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2008-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the TDBTBL classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "block.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "tabutil.h"
typedef class TBLDEF *PTBLDEF;
typedef class TDBTBL *PTDBTBL;
typedef class TDBTBM *PTDBTBM;
typedef class MYSQLC *PMYC;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the structures used for distributed TBM tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _TBMtable *PTBMT;
typedef struct _TBMtable {
PTBMT Next; // Points to next data table struct
PTABLE Tap; // Points to the sub table
PGLOBAL G; // Needed in thread routine
bool Complete; // TRUE when all results are read
bool Ready; // TRUE when results are there
int Rows; // Total number of rows read so far
int ProgCur; // Current pos
int ProgMax; // Max pos
int Rc; // Return code
THD *Thd;
pthread_attr_t attr; // ???
pthread_t Tid; // CheckOpen thread ID
} TBMT;
/***********************************************************************/
/* TBL table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TBLDEF : public PRXDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBTBL;
friend class TDBTBC;
public:
// Constructor
TBLDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "TBL";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
protected:
// Members
bool Accept; /* TRUE if bad tables are accepted */
bool Thread; /* Use thread for remote tables */
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad tables */
int Ntables; /* Number of tables */
}; // end of TBLDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the TBL Access Method class declaration. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBTBL : public TDBPRX {
friend class TBTBLK;
public:
// Constructor
TDBTBL(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TBL;}
// Methods
virtual void ResetDB(void);
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Rows;}
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nbc;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL scp);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Internal functions
bool InitTableList(PGLOBAL g);
bool TestFil(PGLOBAL g, PCFIL filp, PTABLE tabp);
// Members
PTABLE Tablist; // Points to the table list
PTABLE CurTable; // Points to the current table
bool Accept; // TRUE if bad tables are accepted
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad tables
int Nbc; // Number of bad connections
int Rows; // Used for RowID
int Crp; // Used for CurPos
}; // end of class TDBTBL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TBTBLK: TDBPLG TABID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TBTBLK : public TIDBLK {
public:
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
TBTBLK(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
// Fake operator new used to change TIDBLK into SDTBLK
void * operator new(size_t size, TIDBLK *sp) {return sp;}
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
void operator delete(void *, TIDBLK*) {}
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
#endif
protected:
// Must not have additional members
}; // end of class TBTBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the TBM Access Method class declaration. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBTBM : public TDBTBL {
friend class TBTBLK;
public:
// Constructor
TDBTBM(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
// Implementation
//virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TBL;}
// Methods
virtual void ResetDB(void);
//virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Rows;}
//virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nbc;}
// Database routines
//virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g) {return 10;} // Temporary
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
//virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL scp);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Internal functions
//bool InitTableList(PGLOBAL g);
//bool TestFil(PGLOBAL g, PCFIL filp, PTABLE tabp);
bool OpenTables(PGLOBAL g);
int ReadNextRemote(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
PTBMT Tmp; // To data table TBMT structures
PTBMT Cmp; // Current data table PLGF (to move to TDBTBL)
PTBMT Bmp; // To bad (unconnected) PLGF structures
bool Done; // TRUE after first GetAllResults
int Nrc; // Number of remote connections
int Nlc; // Number of local connections
}; // end of class TDBTBM
pthread_handler_t ThreadOpen(void *p);
/*************** TabTbl H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABTBL.H Version 1.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2008-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the TDBTBL classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "block.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "tabutil.h"
typedef class TBLDEF *PTBLDEF;
typedef class TDBTBL *PTDBTBL;
typedef class TDBTBM *PTDBTBM;
typedef class MYSQLC *PMYC;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Defines the structures used for distributed TBM tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _TBMtable *PTBMT;
typedef struct _TBMtable {
PTBMT Next; // Points to next data table struct
PTABLE Tap; // Points to the sub table
PGLOBAL G; // Needed in thread routine
bool Complete; // TRUE when all results are read
bool Ready; // TRUE when results are there
int Rows; // Total number of rows read so far
int ProgCur; // Current pos
int ProgMax; // Max pos
int Rc; // Return code
THD *Thd;
pthread_attr_t attr; // ???
pthread_t Tid; // CheckOpen thread ID
} TBMT;
/***********************************************************************/
/* TBL table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TBLDEF : public PRXDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBTBL;
friend class TDBTBC;
public:
// Constructor
TBLDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "TBL";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
protected:
// Members
bool Accept; /* TRUE if bad tables are accepted */
bool Thread; /* Use thread for remote tables */
int Maxerr; /* Maximum number of bad tables */
int Ntables; /* Number of tables */
}; // end of TBLDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the TBL Access Method class declaration. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBTBL : public TDBPRX {
friend class TBTBLK;
public:
// Constructor
TDBTBL(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_TBL;}
// Methods
virtual void ResetDB(void);
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return Rows;}
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return (int)Nbc;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL scp);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Internal functions
bool InitTableList(PGLOBAL g);
bool TestFil(PGLOBAL g, PCFIL filp, PTABLE tabp);
// Members
PTABLE Tablist; // Points to the table list
PTABLE CurTable; // Points to the current table
bool Accept; // TRUE if bad tables are accepted
int Maxerr; // Maximum number of bad tables
int Nbc; // Number of bad connections
int Rows; // Used for RowID
int Crp; // Used for CurPos
}; // end of class TDBTBL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TBTBLK: TDBPLG TABID special column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TBTBLK : public TIDBLK {
public:
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
TBTBLK(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
// Fake operator new used to change TIDBLK into SDTBLK
void * operator new(size_t size, TIDBLK *sp) {return sp;}
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
void operator delete(void *, TIDBLK*) {}
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
#endif
protected:
// Must not have additional members
}; // end of class TBTBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the TBM Access Method class declaration. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBTBM : public TDBTBL {
friend class TBTBLK;
public:
// Constructor
TDBTBM(PTBLDEF tdp = NULL);
// Methods
virtual void ResetDB(void);
// Database routines
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g) {return 10;} // Temporary
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = FALSE);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Internal functions
bool OpenTables(PGLOBAL g);
int ReadNextRemote(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
PTBMT Tmp; // To data table TBMT structures
PTBMT Cmp; // Current data table PLGF (to move to TDBTBL)
PTBMT Bmp; // To bad (unconnected) PLGF structures
bool Done; // TRUE after first GetAllResults
int Nrc; // Number of remote connections
int Nlc; // Number of local connections
}; // end of class TDBTBM
pthread_handler_t ThreadOpen(void *p);

3
storage/connect/tabutil.h
View File

@ -54,7 +54,6 @@ class DllExport PRXDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
/* This is the class declaration for the XCSV table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBPRX : public TDBASE {
//friend class MULINDX;
friend class PRXDEF;
friend class PRXCOL;
public:
@ -126,8 +125,6 @@ class TDBTBC : public TDBCAT {
public:
// Constructors
TDBTBC(PPRXDEF tdp);
//TDBTBC(PTBLDEF tdp);
//TDBTBC(PXCLDEF tdp);
protected:
// Specific routines

4
storage/connect/tabvct.cpp
View File

@ -301,9 +301,7 @@ bool TDBVCT::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
To_Kindex->Reset();
Txfp->Rewind();
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
ResetBlockFilter(g);
#endif // BLK_INDX
return false;
} // endif Use
@ -325,12 +323,10 @@ bool TDBVCT::OpenDB(PGLOBAL g)
// This was not done in previous version
Use = USE_OPEN; // Do it now in case we are recursively called
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/*********************************************************************/
/* Allocate the block filter tree if evaluation is possible. */
/*********************************************************************/
To_BlkFil = InitBlockFilter(g, To_Filter);
#endif // BLK_INDX
/*********************************************************************/
/* Reset buffer access according to indexing and to mode. */

244
storage/connect/tabvct.h
View File

@ -1,123 +1,121 @@
/*************** TabVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABVCT.H Version 3.4 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2011 */
/* */
/* This file contains the TDBVCT class declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __TABVCT__
#define __TABVCT__
#include "tabfix.h"
#if defined(UNIX)
//#include <string.h.SUNWCCh>
#endif
typedef class TDBVCT *PTDBVCT;
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* VCT table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCTDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class VCTFAM;
friend class VECFAM;
friend class VMPFAM;
public:
// Constructor
VCTDEF(void) {Split = Estimate = Header = 0;}
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "VCT";}
int GetEstimate(void) {return Estimate;}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
protected:
// Specific file erase routine for vertical tables
//virtual bool Erase(char *filename);
int MakeFnPattern(char *fpat);
// Members
int Split; /* Columns in separate files */
int Estimate; /* Estimated maximum size of table */
int Header; /* 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file */
}; // end of VCTDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in blocked vector format. In each block containing "Elements" */
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBVCT : public TDBFIX {
friend class VCTCOL;
friend class VCTFAM;
friend class VCMFAM;
friend class VECFAM;
friend class VMPFAM;
public:
// Constructors
TDBVCT(PVCTDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
TDBVCT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBVCT tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBVCT(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
}; // end of class TDBVCT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class VCTCOL: VCT access method column descriptor. */
/* This A.M. is used for file having column wise organization. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCTCOL : public DOSCOL {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTFAM;
friend class VCMFAM;
friend class VECFAM;
friend class VMPFAM;
friend class BGVFAM;
public:
// Constructors
VCTCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
VCTCOL(VCTCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void SetOk(void);
protected:
virtual void ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g);
VCTCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
// Members
PVBLK Blk; // Block buffer
int Clen; // Internal length in table
int ColBlk; // Block pointed by column
int ColPos; // Last position read
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
}; // end of class VCTCOL
#endif // __TABVCT__
/*************** TabVct H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABVCT.H Version 3.4 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2011 */
/* */
/* This file contains the TDBVCT class declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __TABVCT__
#define __TABVCT__
#include "tabfix.h"
#if defined(UNIX)
//#include <string.h.SUNWCCh>
#endif
typedef class TDBVCT *PTDBVCT;
typedef class VCTCOL *PVCTCOL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* VCT table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCTDEF : public DOSDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class VCTFAM;
friend class VECFAM;
friend class VMPFAM;
public:
// Constructor
VCTDEF(void) {Split = Estimate = Header = 0;}
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "VCT";}
int GetEstimate(void) {return Estimate;}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE mode);
protected:
int MakeFnPattern(char *fpat);
// Members
int Split; /* Columns in separate files */
int Estimate; /* Estimated maximum size of table */
int Header; /* 0: no, 1: separate, 2: in data file */
}; // end of VCTDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the DOS/UNIX Access Method class declaration for files */
/* in blocked vector format. In each block containing "Elements" */
/* records, values of each columns are consecutively stored (vector). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBVCT : public TDBFIX {
friend class VCTCOL;
friend class VCTFAM;
friend class VCMFAM;
friend class VECFAM;
friend class VMPFAM;
public:
// Constructors
TDBVCT(PVCTDEF tdp, PTXF txfp);
TDBVCT(PGLOBAL g, PTDBVCT tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g)
{return (PTDB)new(g) TDBVCT(g, this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
}; // end of class TDBVCT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class VCTCOL: VCT access method column descriptor. */
/* This A.M. is used for file having column wise organization. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VCTCOL : public DOSCOL {
friend class TDBVCT;
friend class VCTFAM;
friend class VCMFAM;
friend class VECFAM;
friend class VMPFAM;
friend class BGVFAM;
public:
// Constructors
VCTCOL(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i);
VCTCOL(VCTCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_VCT;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void SetOk(void);
protected:
virtual void ReadBlock(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteBlock(PGLOBAL g);
VCTCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
// Members
PVBLK Blk; // Block buffer
int Clen; // Internal length in table
int ColBlk; // Block pointed by column
int ColPos; // Last position read
int Modif; // Number of modified lines in block
}; // end of class VCTCOL
#endif // __TABVCT__

301
storage/connect/tabwmi.h
View File

@ -1,151 +1,150 @@
// TABWMI.H Olivier Bertrand 2012
// WMI: Virtual table to Get WMI information
#define _WIN32_DCOM
#include <wbemidl.h>
# pragma comment(lib, "wbemuuid.lib")
#include <iostream>
using namespace std;
#include <comdef.h>
/***********************************************************************/
/* Definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef class WMIDEF *PWMIDEF;
typedef class TDBWMI *PTDBWMI;
typedef class WMICOL *PWMICOL;
typedef class TDBWCL *PTDBWCL;
typedef class WCLCOL *PWCLCOL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Structure used by WMI column info functions. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _WMIutil {
IWbemServices *Svc;
IWbemClassObject *Cobj;
} WMIUTIL, *PWMIUT;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Functions used externally. */
/***********************************************************************/
PQRYRES WMIColumns(PGLOBAL g, char *nsp, char *cls, bool info);
/* -------------------------- WMI classes ---------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* WMI: Virtual table to get the WMI information. */
/***********************************************************************/
class WMIDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBWMI;
friend class TDBWCL;
friend class TDBWCX;
public:
// Constructor
WMIDEF(void) {Pseudo = 3; Nspace = NULL; Wclass = NULL; Ems = 0;}
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "WMI";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g) {return true;}
protected:
// Members
char *Nspace;
char *Wclass;
int Ems;
}; // end of WMIDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBWMI : public TDBASE {
friend class WMICOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBWMI(PWMIDEF tdp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
// Methods
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Specific routines
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
char *MakeWQL(PGLOBAL g);
void DoubleSlash(PGLOBAL g);
bool GetWMIInfo(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
IWbemServices *Svc; // IWbemServices pointer
IEnumWbemClassObject *Enumerator;
IWbemClassObject *ClsObj;
char *Nspace; // Namespace
char *Wclass; // Class name
char *ObjPath; // Used for direct access
char *Kvp; // Itou
int Ems; // Estimated max size
PCOL Kcol; // Key column
HRESULT Res;
PVBLK Vbp;
bool Init;
bool Done;
ULONG Rc;
int N; // Row number
}; // end of class TDBWMI
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class WMICOL: WMI Address column. */
/***********************************************************************/
class WMICOL : public COLBLK {
friend class TDBWMI;
public:
// Constructors
WMICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
WMICOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
// Members
PTDBWMI Tdbp; // Points to WMI table block
VARIANT Prop; // Property value
CIMTYPE Ctype; // CIM Type
HRESULT Res;
}; // end of class WMICOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI catalog table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBWCL : public TDBCAT {
public:
// Constructor
TDBWCL(PWMIDEF tdp);
protected:
// Specific routines
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
char *Nsp; // Name space
char *Cls; // Class
}; // end of class TDBWCL
// TABWMI.H Olivier Bertrand 2012
// WMI: Virtual table to Get WMI information
#define _WIN32_DCOM
#include <wbemidl.h>
# pragma comment(lib, "wbemuuid.lib")
#include <iostream>
using namespace std;
#include <comdef.h>
/***********************************************************************/
/* Definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef class WMIDEF *PWMIDEF;
typedef class TDBWMI *PTDBWMI;
typedef class WMICOL *PWMICOL;
typedef class TDBWCL *PTDBWCL;
typedef class WCLCOL *PWCLCOL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Structure used by WMI column info functions. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef struct _WMIutil {
IWbemServices *Svc;
IWbemClassObject *Cobj;
} WMIUTIL, *PWMIUT;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Functions used externally. */
/***********************************************************************/
PQRYRES WMIColumns(PGLOBAL g, char *nsp, char *cls, bool info);
/* -------------------------- WMI classes ---------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* WMI: Virtual table to get the WMI information. */
/***********************************************************************/
class WMIDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBWMI;
friend class TDBWCL;
friend class TDBWCX;
public:
// Constructor
WMIDEF(void) {Pseudo = 3; Nspace = NULL; Wclass = NULL; Ems = 0;}
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "WMI";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
protected:
// Members
char *Nspace;
char *Wclass;
int Ems;
}; // end of WMIDEF
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBWMI : public TDBASE {
friend class WMICOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBWMI(PWMIDEF tdp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
// Methods
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Specific routines
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
char *MakeWQL(PGLOBAL g);
void DoubleSlash(PGLOBAL g);
bool GetWMIInfo(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
IWbemServices *Svc; // IWbemServices pointer
IEnumWbemClassObject *Enumerator;
IWbemClassObject *ClsObj;
char *Nspace; // Namespace
char *Wclass; // Class name
char *ObjPath; // Used for direct access
char *Kvp; // Itou
int Ems; // Estimated max size
PCOL Kcol; // Key column
HRESULT Res;
PVBLK Vbp;
bool Init;
bool Done;
ULONG Rc;
int N; // Row number
}; // end of class TDBWMI
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class WMICOL: WMI Address column. */
/***********************************************************************/
class WMICOL : public COLBLK {
friend class TDBWMI;
public:
// Constructors
WMICOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_WMI;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
WMICOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
// Members
PTDBWMI Tdbp; // Points to WMI table block
VARIANT Prop; // Property value
CIMTYPE Ctype; // CIM Type
HRESULT Res;
}; // end of class WMICOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the WMI catalog table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class TDBWCL : public TDBCAT {
public:
// Constructor
TDBWCL(PWMIDEF tdp);
protected:
// Specific routines
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
char *Nsp; // Name space
char *Cls; // Class
}; // end of class TDBWCL

486
storage/connect/tabxml.h
View File

@ -1,246 +1,240 @@
/*************** Tabxml H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABXML.H Version 1.6 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2007-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the XML table classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef class XMLDEF *PXMLDEF;
typedef class TDBXML *PTDBXML;
typedef class XMLCOL *PXMLCOL;
// These functions are exported from the Extended.dll
//PTABDEF __stdcall GetXML(PGLOBAL g, void *memp);
/* --------------------------- XML classes --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* XML table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport XMLDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBXML;
public:
// Constructor
XMLDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "XML";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
//virtual bool DeleteTableFile(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
char *Encoding; /* New XML table file encoding */
char *Tabname; /* Name of Table node */
char *Rowname; /* Name of first level nodes */
char *Colname; /* Name of second level nodes */
char *Mulnode; /* Name of multiple node */
char *XmlDB; /* Name of XML DB node */
char *Nslist; /* List of namespaces to register */
char *DefNs; /* Dummy name of default namespace */
char *Attrib; /* Table node attributes */
char *Hdattr; /* Header node attributes */
int Coltype; /* Default column type */
int Limit; /* Limit of multiple values */
int Header; /* n first rows are header rows */
bool Xpand; /* Put multiple tags in several rows */
bool Usedom; /* True: DOM, False: libxml2 */
}; // end of XMLDEF
#if defined(INCLUDE_TDBXML)
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the simple XML tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBXML : public TDBASE {
friend class XMLCOL;
friend class XMULCOL;
friend class XPOSCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBXML(PXMLDEF tdp);
TDBXML(PTDBXML tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXML(this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Xfile;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Xfile = fn;}
virtual void ResetDB(void) {N = 0;}
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
int LoadTableFile(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
bool SetTabNode(PGLOBAL g);
void SetNodeAttr(PGLOBAL g, char *attr, PXNODE node);
bool CheckRow(PGLOBAL g, bool b);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
//virtual int GetMaxSame(PGLOBAL g) {return (Xpand) ? Limit : 1;}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual bool NeedIndexing(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {Checked = true; return 0;}
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset()
{return &my_charset_utf8_general_ci;}
protected:
// Members
PXDOC Docp;
PXNODE Root;
PXNODE Curp;
PXNODE DBnode;
PXNODE TabNode;
PXNODE RowNode;
PXNODE ColNode;
PXLIST Nlist;
PXLIST Clist;
PFBLOCK To_Xb; // Pointer to XML file block
PCOL Colp; // The multiple column
bool Changed; // After Update, Insert or Delete
bool Checked; // After Update check pass
bool NextSame; // Same next row
bool Xpand; // Put multiple tags in several rows
bool NewRow; // True when inserting a new row
bool Hasnod; // True if rows have subnodes
bool Write; // True for Insert and Update
bool Usedom; // True for DOM, False for libxml2
bool Bufdone; // True when column buffers allocated
bool Nodedone; // True when column nodes allocated
bool Void; // True if the file does not exist
char *Xfile; // The XML file
char *Enc; // New XML table file encoding
char *Tabname; // Name of Table node
char *Rowname; // Name of first level nodes
char *Colname; // Name of second level nodes
char *Mulnode; // Name of multiple node
char *XmlDB; // Name of XML DB node
char *Nslist; // List of namespaces to register
char *DefNs; // Dummy name of default namespace
char *Attrib; // Table node attribut(s)
char *Hdattr; // Header node attribut(s)
int Coltype; // Default column type
int Limit; // Limit of multiple values
int Header; // n first rows are header rows
int Multiple; // If multiple files
int Nrow; // The table cardinality
int Irow; // The current row index
int Nsub; // The current subrow index
int N; // The current Rowid
}; // end of class TDBXML
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XMLCOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XMLCOL : public COLBLK {
public:
// Constructors
XMLCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "XML");
XMLCOL(XMLCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
bool ParseXpath(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
// Methods
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
bool AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
void AllocNodes(PGLOBAL g, PXDOC dp);
protected:
//xmlNodePtr SelectSingleNode(xmlNodePtr node, char *name);
// Default constructor not to be used
XMLCOL(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
// Members
PXLIST Nl;
PXLIST Nlx;
PXNODE ColNode;
PXNODE ValNode;
PXNODE Cxnp;
PXNODE Vxnp;
PXATTR Vxap;
PXATTR AttNode;
PTDBXML Tdbp;
char *Valbuf; // To the node value buffer
char *Xname; // The node or attribute name
char* *Nodes; // The intermediate nodes
int Type; // 0: Attribute, 1: Tag, 2: position
int Nod; // The number of intermediate nodes
int Inod; // Index of multiple node
int Rank; // Position
bool Mul; // true for multiple column
bool Checked; // Was checked while Updating
int Long; // Buffer length
int Nx; // The last read row
int Sx; // The last read sub-row
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
}; // end of class XMLCOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Derived class XMLCOLX: used to replace a multiple XMLCOL by the */
/* derived class XMULCOL that has specialize read and write functions.*/
/* Note: this works only if the members of the derived class are the */
/* same than the ones of the original class (NO added members). */
/***********************************************************************/
class XMLCOLX : public XMLCOL {
public:
// Fake operator new used to change a filter into a derived filter
void * operator new(size_t size, PXMLCOL colp) {return colp;}
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
void operator delete(void *, PXMLCOL) {}
#endif
}; // end of class XMLCOLX
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XMULCOL: XML table access method multiple column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XMULCOL : public XMLCOLX {
public:
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
XMULCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Mul = true;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
}; // end of class XMULCOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XPOSCOL: XML table column accessed by position. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XPOSCOL : public XMLCOLX {
public:
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
XPOSCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
}; // end of class XPOSCOL
#endif // INCLUDE_TDBXML
/*************** Tabxml H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABXML.H Version 1.6 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2007-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the XML table classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
typedef class XMLDEF *PXMLDEF;
typedef class TDBXML *PTDBXML;
typedef class XMLCOL *PXMLCOL;
/* --------------------------- XML classes --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* XML table. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport XMLDEF : public TABDEF { /* Logical table description */
friend class TDBXML;
public:
// Constructor
XMLDEF(void);
// Implementation
virtual const char *GetType(void) {return "XML";}
// Methods
virtual bool DefineAM(PGLOBAL g, LPCSTR am, int poff);
virtual PTDB GetTable(PGLOBAL g, MODE m);
protected:
// Members
char *Fn; /* Path/Name of corresponding file */
char *Encoding; /* New XML table file encoding */
char *Tabname; /* Name of Table node */
char *Rowname; /* Name of first level nodes */
char *Colname; /* Name of second level nodes */
char *Mulnode; /* Name of multiple node */
char *XmlDB; /* Name of XML DB node */
char *Nslist; /* List of namespaces to register */
char *DefNs; /* Dummy name of default namespace */
char *Attrib; /* Table node attributes */
char *Hdattr; /* Header node attributes */
int Coltype; /* Default column type */
int Limit; /* Limit of multiple values */
int Header; /* n first rows are header rows */
bool Xpand; /* Put multiple tags in several rows */
bool Usedom; /* True: DOM, False: libxml2 */
}; // end of XMLDEF
#if defined(INCLUDE_TDBXML)
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the class declaration for the simple XML tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBXML : public TDBASE {
friend class XMLCOL;
friend class XMULCOL;
friend class XPOSCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBXML(PXMLDEF tdp);
TDBXML(PTDBXML tdbp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return (PTDB)new(g) TDBXML(this);}
// Methods
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t);
virtual int GetRecpos(void);
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return Xfile;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {Xfile = fn;}
virtual void ResetDB(void) {N = 0;}
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
int LoadTableFile(PGLOBAL g, char *filename);
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
bool SetTabNode(PGLOBAL g);
void SetNodeAttr(PGLOBAL g, char *attr, PXNODE node);
bool CheckRow(PGLOBAL g, bool b);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
//virtual int GetMaxSame(PGLOBAL g) {return (Xpand) ? Limit : 1;}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
//virtual bool NeedIndexing(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {Checked = true; return 0;}
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset()
{return &my_charset_utf8_general_ci;}
protected:
// Members
PXDOC Docp;
PXNODE Root;
PXNODE Curp;
PXNODE DBnode;
PXNODE TabNode;
PXNODE RowNode;
PXNODE ColNode;
PXLIST Nlist;
PXLIST Clist;
PFBLOCK To_Xb; // Pointer to XML file block
PCOL Colp; // The multiple column
bool Changed; // After Update, Insert or Delete
bool Checked; // After Update check pass
bool NextSame; // Same next row
bool Xpand; // Put multiple tags in several rows
bool NewRow; // True when inserting a new row
bool Hasnod; // True if rows have subnodes
bool Write; // True for Insert and Update
bool Usedom; // True for DOM, False for libxml2
bool Bufdone; // True when column buffers allocated
bool Nodedone; // True when column nodes allocated
bool Void; // True if the file does not exist
char *Xfile; // The XML file
char *Enc; // New XML table file encoding
char *Tabname; // Name of Table node
char *Rowname; // Name of first level nodes
char *Colname; // Name of second level nodes
char *Mulnode; // Name of multiple node
char *XmlDB; // Name of XML DB node
char *Nslist; // List of namespaces to register
char *DefNs; // Dummy name of default namespace
char *Attrib; // Table node attribut(s)
char *Hdattr; // Header node attribut(s)
int Coltype; // Default column type
int Limit; // Limit of multiple values
int Header; // n first rows are header rows
int Multiple; // If multiple files
int Nrow; // The table cardinality
int Irow; // The current row index
int Nsub; // The current subrow index
int N; // The current Rowid
}; // end of class TDBXML
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XMLCOL: XDB table access method column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XMLCOL : public COLBLK {
public:
// Constructors
XMLCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, PCOL cprec, int i, PSZ am = "XML");
XMLCOL(XMLCOL *colp, PTDB tdbp); // Constructor used in copy process
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_XML;}
virtual void SetTo_Val(PVAL valp) {To_Val = valp;}
bool ParseXpath(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
// Methods
virtual bool SetBuffer(PGLOBAL g, PVAL value, bool ok, bool check);
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
bool AllocBuf(PGLOBAL g, bool mode);
void AllocNodes(PGLOBAL g, PXDOC dp);
protected:
//xmlNodePtr SelectSingleNode(xmlNodePtr node, char *name);
// Default constructor not to be used
XMLCOL(void) : COLBLK(1) {}
// Members
PXLIST Nl;
PXLIST Nlx;
PXNODE ColNode;
PXNODE ValNode;
PXNODE Cxnp;
PXNODE Vxnp;
PXATTR Vxap;
PXATTR AttNode;
PTDBXML Tdbp;
char *Valbuf; // To the node value buffer
char *Xname; // The node or attribute name
char* *Nodes; // The intermediate nodes
int Type; // 0: Attribute, 1: Tag, 2: position
int Nod; // The number of intermediate nodes
int Inod; // Index of multiple node
int Rank; // Position
bool Mul; // true for multiple column
bool Checked; // Was checked while Updating
int Long; // Buffer length
int Nx; // The last read row
int Sx; // The last read sub-row
PVAL To_Val; // To value used for Update/Insert
}; // end of class XMLCOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Derived class XMLCOLX: used to replace a multiple XMLCOL by the */
/* derived class XMULCOL that has specialize read and write functions.*/
/* Note: this works only if the members of the derived class are the */
/* same than the ones of the original class (NO added members). */
/***********************************************************************/
class XMLCOLX : public XMLCOL {
public:
// Fake operator new used to change a filter into a derived filter
void * operator new(size_t size, PXMLCOL colp) {return colp;}
#if !defined(__BORLANDC__)
// Avoid warning C4291 by defining a matching dummy delete operator
void operator delete(void *, size_t size) {}
void operator delete(void *, PXMLCOL) {}
#endif
}; // end of class XMLCOLX
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XMULCOL: XML table access method multiple column descriptor. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XMULCOL : public XMLCOLX {
public:
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
XMULCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Mul = true;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
}; // end of class XMULCOL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XPOSCOL: XML table column accessed by position. */
/***********************************************************************/
class XPOSCOL : public XMLCOLX {
public:
// The constructor must restore Value because XOBJECT has a void
// constructor called by default that set Value to NULL
XPOSCOL(PVAL valp) {Value = valp;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
virtual void WriteColumn(PGLOBAL g);
}; // end of class XPOSCOL
#endif // INCLUDE_TDBXML

324
storage/connect/user_connect.cc
View File

@ -1,163 +1,161 @@
/* Copyright (C) Olivier Bertrand 2004 - 2012
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */
/**
@file user_connect.cc
@brief
Implements the user_connect class.
@details
To support multi_threading, each query creates and use a PlugDB "user"
that is a connection with its personnal memory allocation.
@note
*/
/****************************************************************************/
/* Author: Olivier Bertrand -- bertrandop@gmail.com -- 2004-2012 */
/****************************************************************************/
#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_IMPLEMENTATION
#pragma implementation // gcc: Class implementation
#endif
#define DONT_DEFINE_VOID
#define MYSQL_SERVER
#include "sql_class.h"
#undef OFFSET
#define NOPARSE
#include "osutil.h"
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "connect.h"
#include "user_connect.h"
#include "mycat.h"
extern "C" char plgxini[];
extern int xtrace;
/****************************************************************************/
/* Initialize the user_connect static member. */
/****************************************************************************/
PCONNECT user_connect::to_users= NULL;
/* -------------------------- class user_connect -------------------------- */
/****************************************************************************/
/* Constructor. */
/****************************************************************************/
user_connect::user_connect(THD *thd, const char *dbn)
{
thdp= thd;
next= NULL;
previous= NULL;
g= NULL;
last_query_id= 0;
count= 0;
// Statistics
nrd= fnd= nfd= 0;
tb1= 0;
} // end of user_connect constructor
/****************************************************************************/
/* Destructor. */
/****************************************************************************/
user_connect::~user_connect()
{
// Terminate CONNECT and Plug-like environment, should return NULL
g= CntExit(g);
} // end of user_connect destructor
/****************************************************************************/
/* Initialization. */
/****************************************************************************/
bool user_connect::user_init()
{
// Initialize Plug-like environment
PACTIVITY ap= NULL;
PDBUSER dup= NULL;
// Areasize= 64M because of VEC tables. Should be parameterisable
g= PlugInit(NULL, 67108864);
//g= PlugInit(NULL, 134217728); // 128M was because of old embedded tests
// Check whether the initialization is complete
if (!g || !g->Sarea || PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size)
|| !(dup= PlgMakeUser(g))) {
if (g)
printf("%s\n", g->Message);
int rc= PlugExit(g);
g= NULL;
free(dup);
return true;
} // endif g->
dup->Catalog= new MYCAT(NULL);
ap= new ACTIVITY;
memset(ap, 0, sizeof(ACTIVITY));
strcpy(ap->Ap_Name, "CONNECT");
g->Activityp= ap;
g->Activityp->Aptr= dup;
next= to_users;
to_users= this;
if (next)
next->previous= this;
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
count= 1;
return false;
} // end of user_init
void user_connect::SetHandler(ha_connect *hc)
{
PDBUSER dup= (PDBUSER)g->Activityp->Aptr;
MYCAT *mc= (MYCAT*)dup->Catalog;
mc->SetHandler(hc);
}
/****************************************************************************/
/* Check whether we begin a new query and if so cleanup the previous one. */
/****************************************************************************/
bool user_connect::CheckCleanup(void)
{
if (thdp->query_id > last_query_id) {
PlugCleanup(g, true);
PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size);
g->Xchk = NULL;
g->Createas = 0;
g->Alchecked = 0;
#if defined(MRRBKA_SUPPORT)
g->Mrr = 0;
#endif // MRRBKA_SUPPORT
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
if (xtrace)
printf("=====> Begin new query %llu\n", last_query_id);
return true;
} // endif query_id
return false;
} // end of CheckCleanup
/* Copyright (C) Olivier Bertrand 2004 - 2012
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA */
/**
@file user_connect.cc
@brief
Implements the user_connect class.
@details
To support multi_threading, each query creates and use a PlugDB "user"
that is a connection with its personnal memory allocation.
@note
*/
/****************************************************************************/
/* Author: Olivier Bertrand -- bertrandop@gmail.com -- 2004-2012 */
/****************************************************************************/
#ifdef USE_PRAGMA_IMPLEMENTATION
#pragma implementation // gcc: Class implementation
#endif
#define DONT_DEFINE_VOID
#define MYSQL_SERVER
#include "sql_class.h"
#undef OFFSET
#define NOPARSE
#include "osutil.h"
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "connect.h"
#include "user_connect.h"
#include "mycat.h"
extern "C" char plgxini[];
extern int xtrace;
/****************************************************************************/
/* Initialize the user_connect static member. */
/****************************************************************************/
PCONNECT user_connect::to_users= NULL;
/* -------------------------- class user_connect -------------------------- */
/****************************************************************************/
/* Constructor. */
/****************************************************************************/
user_connect::user_connect(THD *thd, const char *dbn)
{
thdp= thd;
next= NULL;
previous= NULL;
g= NULL;
last_query_id= 0;
count= 0;
// Statistics
nrd= fnd= nfd= 0;
tb1= 0;
} // end of user_connect constructor
/****************************************************************************/
/* Destructor. */
/****************************************************************************/
user_connect::~user_connect()
{
// Terminate CONNECT and Plug-like environment, should return NULL
g= CntExit(g);
} // end of user_connect destructor
/****************************************************************************/
/* Initialization. */
/****************************************************************************/
bool user_connect::user_init()
{
// Initialize Plug-like environment
PACTIVITY ap= NULL;
PDBUSER dup= NULL;
// Areasize= 64M because of VEC tables. Should be parameterisable
g= PlugInit(NULL, 67108864);
//g= PlugInit(NULL, 134217728); // 128M was because of old embedded tests
// Check whether the initialization is complete
if (!g || !g->Sarea || PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size)
|| !(dup= PlgMakeUser(g))) {
if (g)
printf("%s\n", g->Message);
int rc= PlugExit(g);
g= NULL;
free(dup);
return true;
} // endif g->
dup->Catalog= new MYCAT(NULL);
ap= new ACTIVITY;
memset(ap, 0, sizeof(ACTIVITY));
strcpy(ap->Ap_Name, "CONNECT");
g->Activityp= ap;
g->Activityp->Aptr= dup;
next= to_users;
to_users= this;
if (next)
next->previous= this;
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
count= 1;
return false;
} // end of user_init
void user_connect::SetHandler(ha_connect *hc)
{
PDBUSER dup= (PDBUSER)g->Activityp->Aptr;
MYCAT *mc= (MYCAT*)dup->Catalog;
mc->SetHandler(hc);
}
/****************************************************************************/
/* Check whether we begin a new query and if so cleanup the previous one. */
/****************************************************************************/
bool user_connect::CheckCleanup(void)
{
if (thdp->query_id > last_query_id) {
PlugCleanup(g, true);
PlugSubSet(g, g->Sarea, g->Sarea_Size);
g->Xchk = NULL;
g->Createas = 0;
g->Alchecked = 0;
g->Mrr = 0;
last_query_id= thdp->query_id;
if (xtrace)
printf("=====> Begin new query %llu\n", last_query_id);
return true;
} // endif query_id
return false;
} // end of CheckCleanup

3
storage/connect/user_connect.h
View File

@ -63,11 +63,10 @@ public:
PCONNECT next; // Next user in chain
PCONNECT previous; // Previous user in chain
PGLOBAL g; // The common handle to CONNECT
//char dbname[32]; // The DBCONNECT database
query_id_t last_query_id; // the latest user query id
int count; // if used by several handlers
// Statistics
ulong nrd, fnd, nfd;
ulonglong tb1;
ulonglong tb1;
}; // end of user_connect class definition

8
storage/connect/valblk.cpp
View File

@ -448,7 +448,6 @@ template <>
uchar TYPBLK<uchar>::GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n)
{return blk->GetUTinyValue(n);}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/***********************************************************************/
/* Set one value in a block if val is less than the current value. */
/***********************************************************************/
@ -478,7 +477,6 @@ void TYPBLK<TYPE>::SetMax(PVAL valp, int n)
tmin = tval;
} // end of SetMax
#endif // BLK_INDX
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
@ -812,7 +810,6 @@ void CHRBLK::SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2)
SetNull(n1, b);
} // end of SetValue
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/***********************************************************************/
/* Set one value in a block if val is less than the current value. */
/***********************************************************************/
@ -842,7 +839,6 @@ void CHRBLK::SetMax(PVAL valp, int n)
memcpy(bp, vp, Long);
} // end of SetMax
#endif // BLK_INDX
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
@ -1166,7 +1162,6 @@ void STRBLK::SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n)
Strp[n] = p;
} // end of SetValue
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/***********************************************************************/
/* Set one value in a block if val is less than the current value. */
/***********************************************************************/
@ -1194,7 +1189,6 @@ void STRBLK::SetMax(PVAL valp, int n)
SetValue(valp, n);
} // end of SetMax
#endif // BLK_INDX
/***********************************************************************/
/* Move one value from i to j. */
@ -1335,7 +1329,6 @@ void DATBLK::SetValue(PSZ p, int n)
} // end of SetValue
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/* -------------------------- Class MBVALS --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
@ -1379,7 +1372,6 @@ void MBVALS::Free(void)
PlgDBfree(Mblk);
Vblk = NULL;
} // end of Free
#endif // BLK_INDX
/* ------------------------- End of Valblk --------------------------- */

682
storage/connect/valblk.h
View File

@ -1,351 +1,331 @@
/*************** Valblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: VALBLK.H Version 2.1 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the VALBLK and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __VALBLK__H__
#define __VALBLK__H__
#include "value.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Utility used to allocate value blocks. */
/***********************************************************************/
DllExport PVBLK AllocValBlock(PGLOBAL, void*, int, int, int, int,
bool, bool, bool);
const char *GetFmt(int type, bool un = false);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/***********************************************************************/
/* DB static external variables. */
/***********************************************************************/
extern MBLOCK Nmblk; /* Used to initialize MBLOCK's */
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class MBVALS is a utility class for (re)allocating VALBLK's. */
/***********************************************************************/
class MBVALS : public BLOCK {
//friend class LSTBLK;
friend class ARRAY;
public:
// Constructors
MBVALS(void) {Vblk = NULL; Mblk = Nmblk;}
// Methods
void *GetMemp(void) {return Mblk.Memp;}
PVBLK Allocate(PGLOBAL g, int type, int len, int prec,
int n, bool sub = FALSE);
bool ReAllocate(PGLOBAL g, int n);
void Free(void);
protected:
// Members
PVBLK Vblk; // Pointer to VALBLK
MBLOCK Mblk; // The memory block
}; // end of class MBVALS
typedef class MBVALS *PMBV;
#endif // BLK_INDX
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class VALBLK represent a base class for variable blocks. */
/***********************************************************************/
class VALBLK : public BLOCK {
//friend void SemColData(PGLOBAL g, PSEM semp);
public:
// Constructors
VALBLK(void *mp, int type, int nval, bool un = false);
// Implementation
int GetNval(void) {return Nval;}
void SetNval(int n) {Nval = n;}
void *GetValPointer(void) {return Blkp;}
void SetValPointer(void *mp) {Blkp = mp;}
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
int GetPrec(void) {return Prec;}
void SetCheck(bool b) {Check = b;}
void MoveNull(int i, int j)
{if (To_Nulls) To_Nulls[j] = To_Nulls[j];}
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b)
{if (To_Nulls) {To_Nulls[n] = (b) ? '*' : 0;}}
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return To_Nulls && To_Nulls[n];}
virtual void SetNullable(bool b);
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check) = 0;
virtual int GetVlen(void) = 0;
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) = 0;
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) = 0;
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) = 0;
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) = 0;
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) = 0;
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) = 0;
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) = 0;
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) = 0;
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) = 0;
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) = 0;
virtual void ReAlloc(void *mp, int n) {Blkp = mp; Nval = n;}
virtual void Reset(int n) = 0;
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {}
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2) = 0;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
#endif // BLK_INDX
#if 0
virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int i, int n) = 0;
virtual void AddMinus1(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2) {assert(false);}
#endif // 0
virtual void Move(int i, int j) = 0;
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n) = 0;
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2) = 0;
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n) = 0;
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n) = 0;
virtual int Find(PVAL vp) = 0;
virtual int GetMaxLength(void) = 0;
bool Locate(PVAL vp, int& i);
protected:
void ChkIndx(int n);
void ChkTyp(PVAL v);
void ChkTyp(PVBLK vb);
// Members
PGLOBAL Global; // Used for messages and allocation
char *To_Nulls; // Null values array
void *Blkp; // To value block
bool Check; // If true SetValue types must match
bool Nullable; // True if values can be null
bool Unsigned; // True if values are unsigned
int Type; // Type of individual values
int Nval; // Max number of values in block
int Prec; // Precision of float values
}; // end of class VALBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TYPBLK: represents a block of typed values. */
/***********************************************************************/
template <class TYPE>
class TYPBLK : public VALBLK {
public:
// Constructors
TYPBLK(void *mp, int size, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
//TYPBLK(void *mp, int size, int prec, int type);
// Implementation
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
//virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) {return (char)Typp[n];}
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) {return (uchar)Typp[n];}
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) {return (short)Typp[n];}
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) {return (ushort)Typp[n];}
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) {return (int)Typp[n];}
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) {return (uint)Typp[n];}
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) {return (longlong)Typp[n];}
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) {return (ulonglong)Typp[n];}
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return (double)Typp[n];}
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
virtual void Reset(int n) {Typp[n] = 0;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)fval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
//virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int k, int n);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
protected:
// Specialized functions
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
// Members
TYPE* const &Typp;
const char *Fmt;
}; // end of class TYPBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CHRBLK: represent a block of fixed length strings. */
/***********************************************************************/
class CHRBLK : public VALBLK {
public:
// Constructors
CHRBLK(void *mp, int size, int len, int prec, bool b);
// Implementation
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return Long;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
virtual void Reset(int n);
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {Ci = (p != 0);}
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return Ci;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
//virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int k, int n);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
protected:
// Members
char* const &Chrp; // Pointer to char buffer
PSZ Valp; // Used to make a zero ended value
bool Blanks; // True for right filling with blanks
bool Ci; // True if case insensitive
int Long; // Length of each string
}; // end of class CHRBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class STRBLK: represent a block of string pointers. */
/* Currently this class is used only by the DECODE scalar function */
/* and by the MyColumn function to store date formats. */
/***********************************************************************/
class STRBLK : public VALBLK {
public:
// Constructors
STRBLK(PGLOBAL g, void *mp, int size);
// Implementation
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b) {if (b) {Strp[n] = NULL;}}
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return Strp[n] == NULL;}
virtual void SetNullable(bool b) {} // Always nullable
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(PSZ);}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n) {return Strp[n];}
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return atof(Strp[n]);}
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) {return Strp[n];}
virtual void Reset(int n) {Strp[n] = NULL;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
//virtual void SetValues(PVBLK pv, int k, int n);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
// Specific
void SetSorted(bool b) {Sorted = b;}
protected:
// Members
PSZ* const &Strp; // Pointer to PSZ buffer
bool Sorted; // Values are (semi?) sorted
}; // end of class STRBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class DATBLK: represents a block of time stamp values. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DATBLK : public TYPBLK<int> {
public:
// Constructor
DATBLK(void *mp, int size);
// Implementation
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
protected:
// Members
PVAL Dvalp; // Date value used to convert string
}; // end of class DATBLK
#endif // __VALBLK__H__
/*************** Valblk H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: VALBLK.H Version 2.1 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2005-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the VALBLK and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __VALBLK__H__
#define __VALBLK__H__
#include "value.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Utility used to allocate value blocks. */
/***********************************************************************/
DllExport PVBLK AllocValBlock(PGLOBAL, void*, int, int, int, int,
bool, bool, bool);
const char *GetFmt(int type, bool un = false);
/***********************************************************************/
/* DB static external variables. */
/***********************************************************************/
extern MBLOCK Nmblk; /* Used to initialize MBLOCK's */
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class MBVALS is a utility class for (re)allocating VALBLK's. */
/***********************************************************************/
class MBVALS : public BLOCK {
//friend class LSTBLK;
friend class ARRAY;
public:
// Constructors
MBVALS(void) {Vblk = NULL; Mblk = Nmblk;}
// Methods
void *GetMemp(void) {return Mblk.Memp;}
PVBLK Allocate(PGLOBAL g, int type, int len, int prec,
int n, bool sub = FALSE);
bool ReAllocate(PGLOBAL g, int n);
void Free(void);
protected:
// Members
PVBLK Vblk; // Pointer to VALBLK
MBLOCK Mblk; // The memory block
}; // end of class MBVALS
typedef class MBVALS *PMBV;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class VALBLK represent a base class for variable blocks. */
/***********************************************************************/
class VALBLK : public BLOCK {
public:
// Constructors
VALBLK(void *mp, int type, int nval, bool un = false);
// Implementation
int GetNval(void) {return Nval;}
void SetNval(int n) {Nval = n;}
void *GetValPointer(void) {return Blkp;}
void SetValPointer(void *mp) {Blkp = mp;}
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
int GetPrec(void) {return Prec;}
void SetCheck(bool b) {Check = b;}
void MoveNull(int i, int j)
{if (To_Nulls) To_Nulls[j] = To_Nulls[j];}
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b)
{if (To_Nulls) {To_Nulls[n] = (b) ? '*' : 0;}}
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return To_Nulls && To_Nulls[n];}
virtual void SetNullable(bool b);
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check) = 0;
virtual int GetVlen(void) = 0;
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) = 0;
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) = 0;
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) = 0;
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) = 0;
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) = 0;
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) = 0;
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) = 0;
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) = 0;
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) = 0;
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) = 0;
virtual void ReAlloc(void *mp, int n) {Blkp = mp; Nval = n;}
virtual void Reset(int n) = 0;
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {}
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2) = 0;
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n) = 0;
virtual void Move(int i, int j) = 0;
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n) = 0;
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2) = 0;
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n) = 0;
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n) = 0;
virtual int Find(PVAL vp) = 0;
virtual int GetMaxLength(void) = 0;
bool Locate(PVAL vp, int& i);
protected:
void ChkIndx(int n);
void ChkTyp(PVAL v);
void ChkTyp(PVBLK vb);
// Members
PGLOBAL Global; // Used for messages and allocation
char *To_Nulls; // Null values array
void *Blkp; // To value block
bool Check; // If true SetValue types must match
bool Nullable; // True if values can be null
bool Unsigned; // True if values are unsigned
int Type; // Type of individual values
int Nval; // Max number of values in block
int Prec; // Precision of float values
}; // end of class VALBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TYPBLK: represents a block of typed values. */
/***********************************************************************/
template <class TYPE>
class TYPBLK : public VALBLK {
public:
// Constructors
TYPBLK(void *mp, int size, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
// Implementation
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n) {return (char)Typp[n];}
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n) {return (uchar)Typp[n];}
virtual short GetShortValue(int n) {return (short)Typp[n];}
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n) {return (ushort)Typp[n];}
virtual int GetIntValue(int n) {return (int)Typp[n];}
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n) {return (uint)Typp[n];}
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n) {return (longlong)Typp[n];}
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n) {return (ulonglong)Typp[n];}
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return (double)Typp[n];}
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
virtual void Reset(int n) {Typp[n] = 0;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
virtual void SetValue(short sval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(ushort sval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)sval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(int lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(uint lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(longlong lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong lval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)lval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(double fval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)fval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(char cval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(uchar cval, int n)
{Typp[n] = (TYPE)cval; SetNull(n, false);}
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
protected:
// Specialized functions
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
// Members
TYPE* const &Typp;
const char *Fmt;
}; // end of class TYPBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CHRBLK: represent a block of fixed length strings. */
/***********************************************************************/
class CHRBLK : public VALBLK {
public:
// Constructors
CHRBLK(void *mp, int size, int len, int prec, bool b);
// Implementation
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return Long;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n);
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
virtual void Reset(int n);
virtual void SetPrec(int p) {Ci = (p != 0);}
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return Ci;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
protected:
// Members
char* const &Chrp; // Pointer to char buffer
PSZ Valp; // Used to make a zero ended value
bool Blanks; // True for right filling with blanks
bool Ci; // True if case insensitive
int Long; // Length of each string
}; // end of class CHRBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class STRBLK: represent a block of string pointers. */
/* Currently this class is used only by the DECODE scalar function */
/* and by the MyColumn function to store date formats. */
/***********************************************************************/
class STRBLK : public VALBLK {
public:
// Constructors
STRBLK(PGLOBAL g, void *mp, int size);
// Implementation
virtual void SetNull(int n, bool b) {if (b) {Strp[n] = NULL;}}
virtual bool IsNull(int n) {return Strp[n] == NULL;}
virtual void SetNullable(bool b) {} // Always nullable
virtual void Init(PGLOBAL g, bool check);
virtual int GetVlen(void) {return sizeof(PSZ);}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(int n) {return Strp[n];}
virtual char GetTinyValue(int n);
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(int n);
virtual short GetShortValue(int n);
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(int n);
virtual int GetIntValue(int n);
virtual uint GetUIntValue(int n);
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(int n);
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(int n);
virtual double GetFloatValue(int n) {return atof(Strp[n]);}
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n) {return Strp[n];}
virtual void Reset(int n) {Strp[n] = NULL;}
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char *sp, uint len, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetValue(PVBLK pv, int n1, int n2);
virtual void SetMin(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void SetMax(PVAL valp, int n);
virtual void Move(int i, int j);
virtual int CompVal(PVAL vp, int n);
virtual int CompVal(int i1, int i2);
virtual void *GetValPtr(int n);
virtual void *GetValPtrEx(int n);
virtual int Find(PVAL vp);
virtual int GetMaxLength(void);
// Specific
void SetSorted(bool b) {Sorted = b;}
protected:
// Members
PSZ* const &Strp; // Pointer to PSZ buffer
bool Sorted; // Values are (semi?) sorted
}; // end of class STRBLK
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class DATBLK: represents a block of time stamp values. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DATBLK : public TYPBLK<int> {
public:
// Constructor
DATBLK(void *mp, int size);
// Implementation
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p, int n);
// Methods
virtual void SetValue(PSZ sp, int n);
protected:
// Members
PVAL Dvalp; // Date value used to convert string
}; // end of class DATBLK
#endif // __VALBLK__H__

4424
storage/connect/value.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

687
storage/connect/value.h
View File

@ -1,354 +1,333 @@
/**************** Value H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: VALUE.H Version 2.0 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the VALUE and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __VALUE__H__
#define __VALUE__H__
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "assert.h"
#include "block.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
enum CONV {CNV_ANY = 0, /* Convert to any type */
CNV_CHAR = 1, /* Convert to character type */
CNV_NUM = 2}; /* Convert to numeric type */
/***********************************************************************/
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
class CONSTANT; // For friend setting
typedef struct _datpar *PDTP; // For DTVAL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Utilities used to test types and to allocated values. */
/***********************************************************************/
PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, void *, short);
// Exported functions
DllExport PSZ GetTypeName(int);
DllExport int GetTypeSize(int, int);
#ifdef ODBC_SUPPORT
/* This function is exported for use in EOM table type DLLs */
DllExport int TranslateSQLType(int stp, int prec, int& len, char& v);
#endif
DllExport char *GetFormatType(int);
DllExport int GetFormatType(char);
DllExport bool IsTypeChar(int type);
DllExport bool IsTypeNum(int type);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
DllExport int ConvertType(int, int, CONV, bool match = false);
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, PVAL, int = TYPE_VOID, int = 0);
#endif // BLK_INDX
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, int, int len = 0, int prec = 0,
bool uns = false, PSZ fmt = NULL);
DllExport ulonglong CharToNumber(char *, int, ulonglong, bool,
bool *minus = NULL, bool *rc = NULL);
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class VALUE represents a constant or variable of any valid type. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VALUE : public BLOCK {
friend class CONSTANT; // The only object allowed to use SetConstFormat
public:
// Constructors
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) = 0;
virtual bool IsZero(void) = 0;
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
virtual void Reset(void) = 0;
virtual int GetSize(void) = 0;
virtual int GetValLen(void) = 0;
virtual int GetValPrec(void) = 0;
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 1;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {assert(false); return NULL;}
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual int GetIntValue(void) = 0;
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) = 0;
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) = 0;
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) = 0;
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) = 0;
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) = 0;
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Prec = prec;}
bool IsNull(void) {return Null;}
void SetNull(bool b) {Null = b;}
bool GetNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
void SetGlobal(PGLOBAL g) {Global = g;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype = false) = 0;
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s) = 0;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {assert(FALSE);}
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp) = 0;
virtual BYTE TestValue(PVAL vp);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void SetValue(char c) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(short i) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(double f) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p) = 0;
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go) = 0;
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int len = 0) = 0;
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p) = 0;
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype) = 0;
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt) = 0;
protected:
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
const char *GetXfmt(void);
// Constructor used by derived classes
VALUE(int type, bool un = false);
// Members
PGLOBAL Global; // To reduce arglist
const char *Fmt;
const char *Xfmt;
bool Nullable; // True if value can be null
bool Null; // True if value is null
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
int Type; // The value type
int Clen; // Internal value length
int Prec;
}; // end of class VALUE
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TYPVAL: represents a typed value. */
/***********************************************************************/
template <class TYPE>
class DllExport TYPVAL : public VALUE {
public:
// Constructor
TYPVAL(TYPE n, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return Tval == 0;}
virtual void Reset(void) {Tval = 0;}
virtual int GetValLen(void);
virtual int GetValPrec() {return 0;}
virtual int GetSize(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return VALUE::GetCharValue();}
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {return (char)Tval;}
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {return (uchar)Tval;}
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {return (short)Tval;}
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {return (ushort)Tval;}
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return (int)Tval;}
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) {return (uint)Tval;}
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) {return (longlong)Tval;}
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) {return (ulonglong)Tval;}
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return (double)Tval;}
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return &Tval;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {Tval = (b) ? 1 : 0;}
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual void SetValue(char c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(short i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(int n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(double f) {Tval = (TYPE)f; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
TYPVAL(void) : VALUE(TYPE_ERROR) {}
// Specialized functions
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
// TYPE GetTypedValue(PSZ s);
// Members
TYPE Tval;
}; // end of class TYPVAL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Specific STRING class. */
/***********************************************************************/
template <>
class DllExport TYPVAL<PSZ>: public VALUE {
public:
// Constructors
TYPVAL(PSZ s);
TYPVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int c);
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return false;}
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return *Strp == 0;}
virtual void Reset(void) {*Strp = 0;}
virtual int GetValLen(void) {return Len;};
virtual int GetValPrec() {return (Ci) ? 1 : 0;}
virtual int GetSize(void) {return (Strp) ? strlen(Strp) : 0;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return Strp;}
virtual char GetTinyValue(void);
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void);
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void);
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void);
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void);
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void);
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return atof(Strp);}
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return Strp;}
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Ci = prec != 0;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char c);
virtual void SetValue(uchar c);
virtual void SetValue(short i);
virtual void SetValue(ushort i);
virtual void SetValue(int n);
virtual void SetValue(uint n);
virtual void SetValue(longlong n);
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n);
virtual void SetValue(double f);
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
#endif // BLK_INDX
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
// Members
PSZ Strp;
bool Ci; // true if case insensitive
int Len;
}; // end of class TYPVAL<PSZ>
/***********************************************************************/
/* Specific DECIMAL class. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DECVAL: public TYPVAL<PSZ> {
public:
// Constructors
DECVAL(PSZ s);
DECVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int prec, bool uns);
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
virtual bool IsZero(void);
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetValPrec() {return Prec;}
// Methods
//virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
//virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
//virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
//virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
//virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
//virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
#endif // BLK_INDX
//virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
//virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
// Members
}; // end of class DECVAL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class DTVAL: represents a time stamp value. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DTVAL : public TYPVAL<int> {
public:
// Constructors
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n, int p, PSZ fmt);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, short i);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, longlong n);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, double f);
// Implementation
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PVAL valp);
bool IsFormatted(void) {return Pdtp != NULL;}
// bool GetTmMember(OPVAL op, int& mval);
// bool DateDiff(DTVAL *dtp, OPVAL op, int& tdif);
bool MakeTime(struct tm *ptm);
static void SetTimeShift(void);
static int GetShift(void) {return Shift;}
// Methods
bool MakeDate(PGLOBAL g, int *val, int nval);
// bool WeekNum(PGLOBAL g, int& nval);
struct tm *GetGmTime(struct tm *);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
DTVAL(void) : TYPVAL<int>() {}
// Members
static int Shift; // Time zone shift in seconds
PDTP Pdtp; // To the DATPAR structure
char *Sdate; // Utility char buffer
int DefYear; // Used by ExtractDate
int Len; // Used by CHAR scalar function
}; // end of class DTVAL
#endif // __VALUE__H__
/**************** Value H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: VALUE.H Version 2.0 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 2001-2013 */
/* */
/* This file contains the VALUE and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __VALUE__H__
#define __VALUE__H__
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* assert.h is header required when using the assert function. */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "assert.h"
#include "block.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
enum CONV {CNV_ANY = 0, /* Convert to any type */
CNV_CHAR = 1, /* Convert to character type */
CNV_NUM = 2}; /* Convert to numeric type */
/***********************************************************************/
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
class CONSTANT; // For friend setting
typedef struct _datpar *PDTP; // For DTVAL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Utilities used to test types and to allocated values. */
/***********************************************************************/
PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, void *, short);
// Exported functions
DllExport PSZ GetTypeName(int);
DllExport int GetTypeSize(int, int);
#ifdef ODBC_SUPPORT
/* This function is exported for use in EOM table type DLLs */
DllExport int TranslateSQLType(int stp, int prec, int& len, char& v);
#endif
DllExport char *GetFormatType(int);
DllExport int GetFormatType(char);
DllExport bool IsTypeChar(int type);
DllExport bool IsTypeNum(int type);
DllExport int ConvertType(int, int, CONV, bool match = false);
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, PVAL, int = TYPE_VOID, int = 0);
DllExport PVAL AllocateValue(PGLOBAL, int, int len = 0, int prec = 0,
bool uns = false, PSZ fmt = NULL);
DllExport ulonglong CharToNumber(char *, int, ulonglong, bool,
bool *minus = NULL, bool *rc = NULL);
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class VALUE represents a constant or variable of any valid type. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport VALUE : public BLOCK {
friend class CONSTANT; // The only object allowed to use SetConstFormat
public:
// Constructors
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) = 0;
virtual bool IsZero(void) = 0;
virtual bool IsCi(void) {return false;}
virtual bool IsUnsigned(void) {return Unsigned;}
virtual void Reset(void) = 0;
virtual int GetSize(void) = 0;
virtual int GetValLen(void) = 0;
virtual int GetValPrec(void) = 0;
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 1;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {assert(false); return NULL;}
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {assert(false); return 0;}
virtual int GetIntValue(void) = 0;
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) = 0;
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) = 0;
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) = 0;
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) = 0;
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) = 0;
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Prec = prec;}
bool IsNull(void) {return Null;}
void SetNull(bool b) {Null = b;}
bool GetNullable(void) {return Nullable;}
void SetNullable(bool b) {Nullable = b;}
int GetType(void) {return Type;}
int GetClen(void) {return Clen;}
void SetGlobal(PGLOBAL g) {Global = g;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype = false) = 0;
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s) = 0;
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {assert(FALSE);}
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp) = 0;
virtual BYTE TestValue(PVAL vp);
virtual void SetValue(char c) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(short i) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(int n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue(double f) {assert(false);}
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n) = 0;
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p) = 0;
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go) = 0;
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int len = 0) = 0;
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p) = 0;
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype) = 0;
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt) = 0;
protected:
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
const char *GetXfmt(void);
// Constructor used by derived classes
VALUE(int type, bool un = false);
// Members
PGLOBAL Global; // To reduce arglist
const char *Fmt;
const char *Xfmt;
bool Nullable; // True if value can be null
bool Null; // True if value is null
bool Unsigned; // True if unsigned
int Type; // The value type
int Clen; // Internal value length
int Prec;
}; // end of class VALUE
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class TYPVAL: represents a typed value. */
/***********************************************************************/
template <class TYPE>
class DllExport TYPVAL : public VALUE {
public:
// Constructor
TYPVAL(TYPE n, int type, int prec = 0, bool un = false);
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return Tval == 0;}
virtual void Reset(void) {Tval = 0;}
virtual int GetValLen(void);
virtual int GetValPrec() {return 0;}
virtual int GetSize(void) {return sizeof(TYPE);}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return VALUE::GetCharValue();}
virtual char GetTinyValue(void) {return (char)Tval;}
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void) {return (uchar)Tval;}
virtual short GetShortValue(void) {return (short)Tval;}
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void) {return (ushort)Tval;}
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return (int)Tval;}
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void) {return (uint)Tval;}
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void) {return (longlong)Tval;}
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void) {return (ulonglong)Tval;}
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return (double)Tval;}
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return &Tval;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
virtual void SetValue_bool(bool b) {Tval = (b) ? 1 : 0;}
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
virtual void SetValue(char c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(uchar c) {Tval = (TYPE)c; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(short i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(ushort i) {Tval = (TYPE)i; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(int n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(uint n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(longlong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n) {Tval = (TYPE)n; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue(double f) {Tval = (TYPE)f; Null = false;}
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
TYPVAL(void) : VALUE(TYPE_ERROR) {}
// Specialized functions
static ulonglong MaxVal(void);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVAL vp);
TYPE GetTypedValue(PVBLK blk, int n);
// TYPE GetTypedValue(PSZ s);
// Members
TYPE Tval;
}; // end of class TYPVAL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Specific STRING class. */
/***********************************************************************/
template <>
class DllExport TYPVAL<PSZ>: public VALUE {
public:
// Constructors
TYPVAL(PSZ s);
TYPVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int c);
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return false;}
virtual bool IsZero(void) {return *Strp == 0;}
virtual void Reset(void) {*Strp = 0;}
virtual int GetValLen(void) {return Len;};
virtual int GetValPrec() {return (Ci) ? 1 : 0;}
virtual int GetSize(void) {return (Strp) ? strlen(Strp) : 0;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return Strp;}
virtual char GetTinyValue(void);
virtual uchar GetUTinyValue(void);
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
virtual ushort GetUShortValue(void);
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
virtual uint GetUIntValue(void);
virtual longlong GetBigintValue(void);
virtual ulonglong GetUBigintValue(void);
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return atof(Strp);}
virtual void *GetTo_Val(void) {return Strp;}
virtual void SetPrec(int prec) {Ci = prec != 0;}
// Methods
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
virtual void SetValue(char c);
virtual void SetValue(uchar c);
virtual void SetValue(short i);
virtual void SetValue(ushort i);
virtual void SetValue(int n);
virtual void SetValue(uint n);
virtual void SetValue(longlong n);
virtual void SetValue(ulonglong n);
virtual void SetValue(double f);
virtual void SetBinValue(void *p);
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
virtual bool SetConstFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&);
// Members
PSZ Strp;
bool Ci; // true if case insensitive
int Len;
}; // end of class TYPVAL<PSZ>
/***********************************************************************/
/* Specific DECIMAL class. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DECVAL: public TYPVAL<PSZ> {
public:
// Constructors
DECVAL(PSZ s);
DECVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n, int prec, bool uns);
// Implementation
virtual bool IsTypeNum(void) {return true;}
virtual bool IsZero(void);
virtual void Reset(void);
virtual int GetValPrec() {return Prec;}
// Methods
virtual bool GetBinValue(void *buf, int buflen, bool go);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual bool IsEqual(PVAL vp, bool chktype);
virtual int CompareValue(PVAL vp);
// Members
}; // end of class DECVAL
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class DTVAL: represents a time stamp value. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport DTVAL : public TYPVAL<int> {
public:
// Constructors
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n, int p, PSZ fmt);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, PSZ s, int n);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, short i);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, int n);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, longlong n);
DTVAL(PGLOBAL g, double f);
// Implementation
virtual bool SetValue_pval(PVAL valp, bool chktype);
virtual bool SetValue_char(char *p, int n);
virtual void SetValue_psz(PSZ s);
virtual void SetValue_pvblk(PVBLK blk, int n);
virtual char *GetCharString(char *p);
virtual char *ShowValue(char *buf, int);
virtual bool FormatValue(PVAL vp, char *fmt);
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fmt, int len, int year = 0);
bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, PVAL valp);
bool IsFormatted(void) {return Pdtp != NULL;}
bool MakeTime(struct tm *ptm);
static void SetTimeShift(void);
static int GetShift(void) {return Shift;}
// Methods
bool MakeDate(PGLOBAL g, int *val, int nval);
struct tm *GetGmTime(struct tm *);
protected:
// Default constructor not to be used
DTVAL(void) : TYPVAL<int>() {}
// Members
static int Shift; // Time zone shift in seconds
PDTP Pdtp; // To the DATPAR structure
char *Sdate; // Utility char buffer
int DefYear; // Used by ExtractDate
int Len; // Used by CHAR scalar function
}; // end of class DTVAL
#endif // __VALUE__H__

6056
storage/connect/xindex.cpp
File diff suppressed because it is too large
View File

15
storage/connect/xindex.h
View File

@ -98,12 +98,6 @@ class DllExport INDEXDEF : public BLOCK { /* Index description block */
void SetNParts(uint np) {Nparts = (signed)np;}
void SetMaxSame(int mxs) {MaxSame = mxs;}
void SetMxsame(PXINDEX x);
//int GetOffset(void) {return Offset;}
//void SetOffset(int off) {Offset = off;}
//int GetOffhigh(void) {return Offhigh;}
//void SetOffhigh(int hof) {Offhigh = hof;}
//int GetSize(void) {return Size;}
//void SetSize(int size) {Size = size;}
int GetMaxSame(void) {return MaxSame;}
bool Define(PGLOBAL g, void *memp, PTABDEF dfp, LPCSTR p);
PIXDEF GetIndexOf(PCOL colp, bool hd = false);
@ -123,9 +117,6 @@ class DllExport INDEXDEF : public BLOCK { /* Index description block */
bool AutoInc; /* true if unique key in auto increment */
int Nparts; /* Number of key parts */
int ID; /* Index ID number */
//int Offset; /* Offset in index file */
//int Offhigh; /* Offset high in big index file */
//int Size; /* Size of index file */
int MaxSame; /* Max number of same values */
}; // end of INDEXDEF
@ -253,9 +244,6 @@ class DllExport XINDEX : public XXBASE {
virtual int GetCurPos(void) {return (Pex) ? Pex[Cur_K] : Cur_K;}
virtual void SetNval(int n) {Nval = n;}
int GetMaxSame(void) {return MaxSame;}
// int GetDefoff(void) {return Defoff;}
// int GetDefhigh(void) {return Defhigh;}
// int GetSize(void) {return Size;}
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void);
@ -288,9 +276,6 @@ class DllExport XINDEX : public XXBASE {
int Nk; // The number of indexed columns
int Nval; // The number of used columns
int Incr; // Increment of record position
//int Defoff; // Offset of definition in index file
//int Defhigh; // High order of offset big value
//int Size; // Size of definition in index file
int MaxSame; // Max number of same values
}; // end of class XINDEX

374
storage/connect/xobject.cpp
View File

@ -1,188 +1,186 @@
/************ Xobject C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
/* Name: XOBJECT.CPP Version 2.2 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains base XOBJECT class functions. */
/* Also here is the implementation of the CONSTANT class. */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include mariaDB header file. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "my_global.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "xobject.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Macro definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBTRACE)
#define ASSERT(B) assert(B);
#else
#define ASSERT(B)
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* The one and only needed void object. */
/***********************************************************************/
XVOID Xvoid;
PXOB const pXVOID = &Xvoid; // Pointer used by other classes
/* ------------------------- Class XOBJECT --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetCharValue: returns the Result value as a char string. */
/* Using GetCharValue provides no conversion from numeric types. */
/***********************************************************************/
PSZ XOBJECT::GetCharValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetCharValue();
} // end of GetCharValue()
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetShortValue: returns the Result value as a short integer. */
/***********************************************************************/
short XOBJECT::GetShortValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetShortValue();
} // end of GetShortValue
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetIntValue: returns the Result value as a int integer. */
/***********************************************************************/
int XOBJECT::GetIntValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetIntValue();
} // end of GetIntValue
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetFloatValue: returns the Result value as a double float. */
/***********************************************************************/
double XOBJECT::GetFloatValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetFloatValue();
} // end of GetFloatValue
/* ------------------------- Class CONSTANT -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type)
{
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, value, (int)type)))
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
Constant = true;
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n)
{
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, &n, TYPE_INT)))
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
Constant = true;
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetLengthEx: returns an evaluation of the constant string length. */
/* Note: When converting from token to string, length has to be */
/* specified but we need the domain length, not the value length. */
/***********************************************************************/
int CONSTANT::GetLengthEx(void)
{
return Value->GetValLen();
} // end of GetLengthEx
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
/***********************************************************************/
/* Convert a constant to the given type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void CONSTANT::Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype)
{
if (Value->GetType() != newtype)
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Value, newtype)))
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
} // end of Convert
#endif // BLK_INDX
/***********************************************************************/
/* Compare: returns true if this object is equivalent to xp. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool CONSTANT::Compare(PXOB xp)
{
if (this == xp)
return true;
else if (xp->GetType() != TYPE_CONST)
return false;
else
return Value->IsEqual(xp->GetValue(), true);
} // end of Compare
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Rephrase: temporary implementation used by PlugRephraseSQL. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool CONSTANT::Rephrase(PGLOBAL g, PSZ work)
{
switch (Value->GetType()) {
case TYPE_STRING:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "'%s'", Value->GetCharValue());
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%hd", Value->GetShortValue());
break;
case TYPE_INT:
case TYPE_DATE:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetIntValue());
break;
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lf", Value->GetFloatValue());
break;
case TYPE_BIGINT:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lld", Value->GetBigintValue());
break;
case TYPE_TINY:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetTinyValue());
break;
default:
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_CONST_TYPE), Value->GetType());
return false;
} // endswitch
return false;
} // end of Rephrase
#endif // 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make file output of a constant object. */
/***********************************************************************/
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
{
Value->Print(g, f, n);
} /* end of Print */
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make string output of a constant object. */
/***********************************************************************/
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
{
Value->Print(g, ps, z);
} /* end of Print */
/************ Xobject C++ Functions Source Code File (.CPP) ************/
/* Name: XOBJECT.CPP Version 2.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains base XOBJECT class functions. */
/* Also here is the implementation of the CONSTANT class. */
/***********************************************************************/
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include mariaDB header file. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "my_global.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* global.h is header containing all global Plug declarations. */
/* plgdbsem.h is header containing the DB applic. declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "global.h"
#include "plgdbsem.h"
#include "xobject.h"
/***********************************************************************/
/* Macro definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBTRACE)
#define ASSERT(B) assert(B);
#else
#define ASSERT(B)
#endif
/***********************************************************************/
/* The one and only needed void object. */
/***********************************************************************/
XVOID Xvoid;
PXOB const pXVOID = &Xvoid; // Pointer used by other classes
/* ------------------------- Class XOBJECT --------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetCharValue: returns the Result value as a char string. */
/* Using GetCharValue provides no conversion from numeric types. */
/***********************************************************************/
PSZ XOBJECT::GetCharValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetCharValue();
} // end of GetCharValue()
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetShortValue: returns the Result value as a short integer. */
/***********************************************************************/
short XOBJECT::GetShortValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetShortValue();
} // end of GetShortValue
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetIntValue: returns the Result value as a int integer. */
/***********************************************************************/
int XOBJECT::GetIntValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetIntValue();
} // end of GetIntValue
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetFloatValue: returns the Result value as a double float. */
/***********************************************************************/
double XOBJECT::GetFloatValue(void)
{
ASSERT(Value)
return Value->GetFloatValue();
} // end of GetFloatValue
/* ------------------------- Class CONSTANT -------------------------- */
/***********************************************************************/
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type)
{
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, value, (int)type)))
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
Constant = true;
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* CONSTANT public constructor. */
/***********************************************************************/
CONSTANT::CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n)
{
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, &n, TYPE_INT)))
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
Constant = true;
} // end of CONSTANT constructor
/***********************************************************************/
/* GetLengthEx: returns an evaluation of the constant string length. */
/* Note: When converting from token to string, length has to be */
/* specified but we need the domain length, not the value length. */
/***********************************************************************/
int CONSTANT::GetLengthEx(void)
{
return Value->GetValLen();
} // end of GetLengthEx
/***********************************************************************/
/* Convert a constant to the given type. */
/***********************************************************************/
void CONSTANT::Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype)
{
if (Value->GetType() != newtype)
if (!(Value = AllocateValue(g, Value, newtype)))
longjmp(g->jumper[g->jump_level], TYPE_CONST);
} // end of Convert
/***********************************************************************/
/* Compare: returns true if this object is equivalent to xp. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool CONSTANT::Compare(PXOB xp)
{
if (this == xp)
return true;
else if (xp->GetType() != TYPE_CONST)
return false;
else
return Value->IsEqual(xp->GetValue(), true);
} // end of Compare
#if 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Rephrase: temporary implementation used by PlugRephraseSQL. */
/***********************************************************************/
bool CONSTANT::Rephrase(PGLOBAL g, PSZ work)
{
switch (Value->GetType()) {
case TYPE_STRING:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "'%s'", Value->GetCharValue());
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%hd", Value->GetShortValue());
break;
case TYPE_INT:
case TYPE_DATE:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetIntValue());
break;
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lf", Value->GetFloatValue());
break;
case TYPE_BIGINT:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%lld", Value->GetBigintValue());
break;
case TYPE_TINY:
sprintf(work + strlen(work), "%d", Value->GetTinyValue());
break;
default:
sprintf(g->Message, MSG(BAD_CONST_TYPE), Value->GetType());
return false;
} // endswitch
return false;
} // end of Rephrase
#endif // 0
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make file output of a constant object. */
/***********************************************************************/
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n)
{
Value->Print(g, f, n);
} /* end of Print */
/***********************************************************************/
/* Make string output of a constant object. */
/***********************************************************************/
void CONSTANT::Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z)
{
Value->Print(g, ps, z);
} /* end of Print */

256
storage/connect/xobject.h
View File

@ -1,137 +1,119 @@
/*************** Xobject H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: XOBJECT.H Version 2.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2012 */
/* */
/* This file contains the XOBJECT and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __XOBJECT__H
#define __XOBJECT__H
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "block.h"
#include "valblk.h" // includes value.h
/***********************************************************************/
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
//typedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
/***********************************************************************/
/* The pointer to the one and only needed void object. */
/***********************************************************************/
extern PXOB const pXVOID;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XOBJECT is the base class for all classes that can be used */
/* in evaluation operations: FILTER, EXPRESSION, SCALF, FNC, COLBLK, */
/* SELECT, FILTER as well as all the constant object types. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport XOBJECT : public BLOCK {
public:
XOBJECT(void) {Value = NULL; Constant = false;}
// Implementation
PVAL GetValue(void) {return Value;}
bool IsConstant(void) {return Constant;}
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_XOBJECT;}
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
virtual int GetKey(void) {return 0;}
#if defined(_DEBUG)
virtual void SetKey(int k) {assert(false);}
#else // !_DEBUG
virtual void SetKey(int k) {} // Only defined for COLBLK
#endif // !_DEBUG
virtual int GetLength(void) = 0;
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) = 0;
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void);
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
virtual double GetFloatValue(void);
virtual int GetScale(void) = 0;
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {}
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) = 0;
virtual bool Init(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
virtual int CheckColumn(PGLOBAL, PSQL, PXOB &, int &) {return 0;}
virtual int RefNum(PSQL) {return 0;}
virtual void AddTdb(PSQL, PTDB *, int&) {}
virtual PXOB SetSelect(PGLOBAL, PSQL, bool) {return this;}
virtual PXOB CheckSubQuery(PGLOBAL, PSQL) {return this;}
virtual bool CheckLocal(PTDB) {return true;}
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 2;}
virtual bool CheckSort(PTDB) {return false;}
virtual bool VerifyColumn(PTDB txp) {return false;}
virtual bool VerifyTdb(PTDB& tdbp) {return false;}
virtual bool IsColInside(PCOL colp) {return false;}
protected:
PVAL Value; // The current value of the object.
bool Constant; // true for an object having a constant value.
}; // end of class XOBJECT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XVOID: represent a void (null) object. */
/* Used to represent a void parameter for count(*) or for a filter. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport XVOID : public XOBJECT {
public:
XVOID(void) {Constant = true;}
// Implementation
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 0;}
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) {return 0;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return NULL;}
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return 0;}
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return 0.0;}
virtual int GetScale() {return 0;}
// Methods
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp) {return xp->GetType() == TYPE_VOID;}
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {return true;}
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 0;}
}; // end of class XVOID
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CONSTANT: represents a constant XOBJECT of any value type. */
/* Note that the CONSTANT class is a friend of the VALUE class; */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CONSTANT : public XOBJECT {
public:
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type);
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n);
CONSTANT(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Constant = true;}
// Implementation
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_CONST;}
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Value->Type;}
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Value->GetValLen();}
virtual int GetScale() {return Value->GetValPrec();}
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
// Methods
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
{return Value->SetConstFormat(g, fmt);}
virtual int CheckSpcCol(PTDB, int) {return 1;}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
void Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype);
#endif // BLK_INDX
// bool Rephrase(PGLOBAL g, PSZ work);
void SetValue(PVAL vp) {Value = vp;}
virtual bool VerifyColumn(PTDB txp) {return true;}
virtual bool VerifyTdb(PTDB& tdbp) {return true;}
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
}; // end of class CONSTANT
#endif
/*************** Xobject H Declares Source Code File (.H) **************/
/* Name: XOBJECT.H Version 2.4 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1998-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the XOBJECT and derived classes declares. */
/***********************************************************************/
#ifndef __XOBJECT__H
#define __XOBJECT__H
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "block.h"
#include "valblk.h" // includes value.h
/***********************************************************************/
/* Types used in some class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
//typedef struct _tabdesc *PTABD; // For friend setting
/***********************************************************************/
/* The pointer to the one and only needed void object. */
/***********************************************************************/
extern PXOB const pXVOID;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XOBJECT is the base class for all classes that can be used */
/* in evaluation operations: FILTER, EXPRESSION, SCALF, FNC, COLBLK, */
/* SELECT, FILTER as well as all the constant object types. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport XOBJECT : public BLOCK {
public:
XOBJECT(void) {Value = NULL; Constant = false;}
// Implementation
PVAL GetValue(void) {return Value;}
bool IsConstant(void) {return Constant;}
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_XOBJECT;}
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
virtual int GetKey(void) {return 0;}
#if defined(_DEBUG)
virtual void SetKey(int k) {assert(false);}
#else // !_DEBUG
virtual void SetKey(int k) {} // Only defined for COLBLK
#endif // !_DEBUG
virtual int GetLength(void) = 0;
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) = 0;
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void);
virtual short GetShortValue(void);
virtual int GetIntValue(void);
virtual double GetFloatValue(void);
virtual int GetScale(void) = 0;
// Methods
virtual void Reset(void) {}
virtual bool Compare(PXOB) = 0;
virtual bool Init(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
virtual bool Eval(PGLOBAL) {return false;}
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) = 0;
protected:
PVAL Value; // The current value of the object.
bool Constant; // true for an object having a constant value.
}; // end of class XOBJECT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class XVOID: represent a void (null) object. */
/* Used to represent a void parameter for count(*) or for a filter. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport XVOID : public XOBJECT {
public:
XVOID(void) {Constant = true;}
// Implementation
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_VOID;}
virtual int GetLength(void) {return 0;}
virtual int GetLengthEx(void) {return 0;}
virtual PSZ GetCharValue(void) {return NULL;}
virtual int GetIntValue(void) {return 0;}
virtual double GetFloatValue(void) {return 0.0;}
virtual int GetScale() {return 0;}
// Methods
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp) {return xp->GetType() == TYPE_VOID;}
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL, FORMAT&) {return true;}
}; // end of class XVOID
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CONSTANT: represents a constant XOBJECT of any value type. */
/* Note that the CONSTANT class is a friend of the VALUE class; */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CONSTANT : public XOBJECT {
public:
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, void *value, short type);
CONSTANT(PGLOBAL g, int n);
CONSTANT(PVAL valp) {Value = valp; Constant = true;}
// Implementation
virtual int GetType(void) {return TYPE_CONST;}
virtual int GetResultType(void) {return Value->Type;}
virtual int GetLength(void) {return Value->GetValLen();}
virtual int GetScale() {return Value->GetValPrec();}
virtual int GetLengthEx(void);
// Methods
virtual bool Compare(PXOB xp);
virtual bool SetFormat(PGLOBAL g, FORMAT& fmt)
{return Value->SetConstFormat(g, fmt);}
void Convert(PGLOBAL g, int newtype);
void SetValue(PVAL vp) {Value = vp;}
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *, uint);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *, uint);
}; // end of class CONSTANT
#endif

526
storage/connect/xtable.h
View File

@ -1,267 +1,259 @@
/**************** Table H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABLE.H Version 2.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the TBX, OPJOIN and TDB class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if !defined(TABLE_DEFINED)
#define TABLE_DEFINED
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "assert.h"
#include "block.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "m_ctype.h"
typedef class CMD *PCMD;
// Commands executed by XDBC and MYX tables
class CMD : public BLOCK {
public:
// Constructor
CMD(PGLOBAL g, char *cmd) {
Cmd = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(cmd) + 1);
strcpy(Cmd, cmd); Next = NULL; }
// Members
PCMD Next;
char *Cmd;
}; // end of class CMD
// Condition filter structure
typedef struct _cond_filter {
char *Body;
OPVAL Op;
PCMD Cmds;
} CONDFIL, *PCFIL;
typedef class TDBCAT *PTDBCAT;
typedef class CATCOL *PCATCOL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Definition of class TDB with all its method functions. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDB: public BLOCK { // Table Descriptor Block.
public:
// Constructors
TDB(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
TDB(PTDB tdbp);
// Implementation
static void SetTnum(int n) {Tnum = n;}
inline PTDB GetOrig(void) {return To_Orig;}
inline TUSE GetUse(void) {return Use;}
inline PCFIL GetCondFil(void) {return To_CondFil;}
inline LPCSTR GetName(void) {return Name;}
inline PTABLE GetTable(void) {return To_Table;}
inline PCOL GetColumns(void) {return Columns;}
inline int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
inline MODE GetMode(void) {return Mode;}
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
inline PFIL GetFilter(void) {return To_Filter;}
inline void SetFilter(PFIL fp) {To_Filter = fp;}
#endif // BLK_INDX
inline void SetOrig(PTDB txp) {To_Orig = txp;}
inline void SetUse(TUSE n) {Use = n;}
inline void SetCondFil(PCFIL cfp) {To_CondFil = cfp;}
inline void SetNext(PTDB tdbp) {Next = tdbp;}
inline void SetName(LPCSTR name) {Name = name;}
inline void SetTable(PTABLE tablep) {To_Table = tablep;}
inline void SetColumns(PCOL colp) {Columns = colp;}
inline void SetDegree(int degree) {Degree = degree;}
inline void SetMode(MODE mode) {Mode = mode;}
//Properties
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
virtual int GetTdb_No(void) {return Tdb_No;}
virtual PTDB GetNext(void) {return Next;}
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void) {return NULL;}
// Methods
virtual bool IsSame(PTDB tp) {return tp == this;}
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int GetProgCur(void) = 0;
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return true;}
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return NULL;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t) {return this;}
virtual PTDB Copy(PTABS t);
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m)
{fprintf(f, "%s AM(%d)\n", m, GetAmType());}
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z);
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) = 0;
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return 0;}
// Database pure virtual routines
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num) = 0;
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL, PTDB) = 0;
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL, int) = 0;
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {return 0;}
// Database routines
bool OpenTable(PGLOBAL g, PSQL sqlp, MODE mode);
void CloseTable(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Members
PTDB To_Orig; // Pointer to original if it is a copy
TUSE Use;
#if defined(BLK_INDX)
PFIL To_Filter;
#endif // BLK_INDX
PCFIL To_CondFil; // To condition filter structure
static int Tnum; // Used to generate Tdb_no's
const int Tdb_No; // GetTdb_No() is always 0 for OPJOIN
PTDB Next; // Next in linearized queries
PTABLE To_Table; // Points to the XTAB object
LPCSTR Name; // Table name
PCOL Columns; // Points to the first column of the table
MODE Mode; // 10 Read, 30 Update, 40 Insert, 50 Delete
int Degree; // Number of columns
}; // end of class TDB
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the base class for all query tables (except decode). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBASE : public TDB {
friend class INDEXDEF;
friend class XINDEX;
friend class XINDXS;
public:
// Constructor
TDBASE(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
TDBASE(PTDBASE tdbp);
// Implementation
inline int GetKnum(void) {return Knum;}
inline PTABDEF GetDef(void) {return To_Def;}
inline PKXBASE GetKindex(void) {return To_Kindex;}
inline PCOL GetSetCols(void) {return To_SetCols;}
inline void SetSetCols(PCOL colp) {To_SetCols = colp;}
// Properties
void SetKindex(PKXBASE kxp);
PCOL Key(int i) {return (To_Key_Col) ? To_Key_Col[i] : NULL;}
// Methods
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void);
virtual PSZ GetPath(void);
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return RECFM_NAF;}
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return -1;}
virtual int GetRecpos(void) = 0;
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
virtual bool IsView(void) {return FALSE;}
virtual CHARSET_INFO *data_charset(void);
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g) {return GetMaxSize(g);}
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return GetRecpos();}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return "Not a file";}
virtual int GetRemote(void) {return 0;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {}
virtual void ResetDB(void) {}
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {}
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) {return "Current";}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num);
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL, PCOLDEF, PCOL, int)
{assert(false); return NULL;}
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
virtual PCOL InsertSpcBlk(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp);
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL g, PTDB tdb2);
protected:
// Members
PTABDEF To_Def; // Points to catalog description block
PXOB *To_Link; // Points to column of previous relations
PCOL *To_Key_Col; // Points to key columns in current file
PKXBASE To_Kindex; // Points to table key index
PCOL To_SetCols; // Points to updated columns
int MaxSize; // Max size in number of lines
int Knum; // Size of key arrays
bool Read_Only; // True for read only tables
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
}; // end of class TDBASE
/***********************************************************************/
/* The abstract base class declaration for the catalog tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBCAT : public TDBASE {
friend class CATCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBCAT(PTABDEF tdp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CAT;}
// Methods
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Specific routines
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
bool InitCol(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
PQRYRES Qrp;
int N; // Row number
bool Init;
}; // end of class TDBCAT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CATCOL: ODBC info column. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CATCOL : public COLBLK {
friend class TDBCAT;
public:
// Constructors
CATCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ODBC;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
CATCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
// Members
PTDBCAT Tdbp; // Points to ODBC table block
PCOLRES Crp; // The column data array
int Flag;
}; // end of class CATCOL
#endif // TABLE_DEFINED
/**************** Table H Declares Source Code File (.H) ***************/
/* Name: TABLE.H Version 2.3 */
/* */
/* (C) Copyright to the author Olivier BERTRAND 1999-2014 */
/* */
/* This file contains the TBX, OPJOIN and TDB class definitions. */
/***********************************************************************/
#if !defined(TABLE_DEFINED)
#define TABLE_DEFINED
/***********************************************************************/
/* Include required application header files */
/* block.h is header containing Block global declarations. */
/***********************************************************************/
#include "assert.h"
#include "block.h"
#include "colblk.h"
#include "m_ctype.h"
typedef class CMD *PCMD;
// Commands executed by XDBC and MYX tables
class CMD : public BLOCK {
public:
// Constructor
CMD(PGLOBAL g, char *cmd) {
Cmd = (char*)PlugSubAlloc(g, NULL, strlen(cmd) + 1);
strcpy(Cmd, cmd); Next = NULL; }
// Members
PCMD Next;
char *Cmd;
}; // end of class CMD
// Condition filter structure
typedef struct _cond_filter {
char *Body;
OPVAL Op;
PCMD Cmds;
} CONDFIL, *PCFIL;
typedef class TDBCAT *PTDBCAT;
typedef class CATCOL *PCATCOL;
/***********************************************************************/
/* Definition of class TDB with all its method functions. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDB: public BLOCK { // Table Descriptor Block.
public:
// Constructors
TDB(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
TDB(PTDB tdbp);
// Implementation
static void SetTnum(int n) {Tnum = n;}
inline PTDB GetOrig(void) {return To_Orig;}
inline TUSE GetUse(void) {return Use;}
inline PCFIL GetCondFil(void) {return To_CondFil;}
inline LPCSTR GetName(void) {return Name;}
inline PTABLE GetTable(void) {return To_Table;}
inline PCOL GetColumns(void) {return Columns;}
inline int GetDegree(void) {return Degree;}
inline MODE GetMode(void) {return Mode;}
inline PFIL GetFilter(void) {return To_Filter;}
inline void SetFilter(PFIL fp) {To_Filter = fp;}
inline void SetOrig(PTDB txp) {To_Orig = txp;}
inline void SetUse(TUSE n) {Use = n;}
inline void SetCondFil(PCFIL cfp) {To_CondFil = cfp;}
inline void SetNext(PTDB tdbp) {Next = tdbp;}
inline void SetName(LPCSTR name) {Name = name;}
inline void SetTable(PTABLE tablep) {To_Table = tablep;}
inline void SetColumns(PCOL colp) {Columns = colp;}
inline void SetDegree(int degree) {Degree = degree;}
inline void SetMode(MODE mode) {Mode = mode;}
//Properties
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ERROR;}
virtual int GetTdb_No(void) {return Tdb_No;}
virtual PTDB GetNext(void) {return Next;}
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void) {return NULL;}
// Methods
virtual bool IsSame(PTDB tp) {return tp == this;}
virtual bool GetBlockValues(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual int Cardinality(PGLOBAL g) {return (g) ? -1 : 0;}
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int GetProgCur(void) = 0;
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false);
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return true;}
virtual const CHARSET_INFO *data_charset() {return NULL;}
virtual PTDB Duplicate(PGLOBAL g) {return NULL;}
virtual PTDB CopyOne(PTABS t) {return this;}
virtual PTDB Copy(PTABS t);
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m)
{fprintf(f, "%s AM(%d)\n", m, GetAmType());}
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, FILE *f, uint n);
virtual void Print(PGLOBAL g, char *ps, uint z);
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) = 0;
virtual int GetBadLines(void) {return 0;}
// Database pure virtual routines
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num) = 0;
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL, PTDB) = 0;
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL, int) = 0;
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL) = 0;
virtual int CheckWrite(PGLOBAL g) {return 0;}
protected:
// Members
PTDB To_Orig; // Pointer to original if it is a copy
TUSE Use;
PFIL To_Filter;
PCFIL To_CondFil; // To condition filter structure
static int Tnum; // Used to generate Tdb_no's
const int Tdb_No; // GetTdb_No() is always 0 for OPJOIN
PTDB Next; // Next in linearized queries
PTABLE To_Table; // Points to the XTAB object
LPCSTR Name; // Table name
PCOL Columns; // Points to the first column of the table
MODE Mode; // 10 Read, 30 Update, 40 Insert, 50 Delete
int Degree; // Number of columns
}; // end of class TDB
/***********************************************************************/
/* This is the base class for all query tables (except decode). */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBASE : public TDB {
friend class INDEXDEF;
friend class XINDEX;
friend class XINDXS;
public:
// Constructor
TDBASE(PTABDEF tdp = NULL);
TDBASE(PTDBASE tdbp);
// Implementation
inline int GetKnum(void) {return Knum;}
inline PTABDEF GetDef(void) {return To_Def;}
inline PKXBASE GetKindex(void) {return To_Kindex;}
inline PCOL GetSetCols(void) {return To_SetCols;}
inline void SetSetCols(PCOL colp) {To_SetCols = colp;}
// Properties
void SetKindex(PKXBASE kxp);
PCOL Key(int i) {return (To_Key_Col) ? To_Key_Col[i] : NULL;}
// Methods
virtual bool IsUsingTemp(PGLOBAL g) {return false;}
virtual PCATLG GetCat(void);
virtual PSZ GetPath(void);
virtual void PrintAM(FILE *f, char *m);
virtual RECFM GetFtype(void) {return RECFM_NAF;}
virtual int GetAffectedRows(void) {return -1;}
virtual int GetRecpos(void) = 0;
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
virtual bool IsReadOnly(void) {return Read_Only;}
virtual bool IsView(void) {return FALSE;}
virtual CHARSET_INFO *data_charset(void);
virtual int GetProgMax(PGLOBAL g) {return GetMaxSize(g);}
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return GetRecpos();}
virtual PSZ GetFile(PGLOBAL g) {return "Not a file";}
virtual int GetRemote(void) {return 0;}
virtual void SetFile(PGLOBAL g, PSZ fn) {}
virtual void ResetDB(void) {}
virtual void ResetSize(void) {MaxSize = -1;}
virtual void RestoreNrec(void) {}
virtual int ResetTableOpt(PGLOBAL g, bool dop, bool dox);
virtual PSZ GetServer(void) {return "Current";}
// Database routines
virtual PCOL ColDB(PGLOBAL g, PSZ name, int num);
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL, PCOLDEF, PCOL, int)
{assert(false); return NULL;}
virtual PCOL InsertSpecialColumn(PGLOBAL g, PCOL colp);
virtual PCOL InsertSpcBlk(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp);
virtual void MarkDB(PGLOBAL g, PTDB tdb2);
protected:
// Members
PTABDEF To_Def; // Points to catalog description block
PXOB *To_Link; // Points to column of previous relations
PCOL *To_Key_Col; // Points to key columns in current file
PKXBASE To_Kindex; // Points to table key index
PCOL To_SetCols; // Points to updated columns
int MaxSize; // Max size in number of lines
int Knum; // Size of key arrays
bool Read_Only; // True for read only tables
const CHARSET_INFO *m_data_charset;
}; // end of class TDBASE
/***********************************************************************/
/* The abstract base class declaration for the catalog tables. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport TDBCAT : public TDBASE {
friend class CATCOL;
public:
// Constructor
TDBCAT(PTABDEF tdp);
// Implementation
virtual AMT GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_CAT;}
// Methods
virtual int GetRecpos(void) {return N;}
virtual int GetProgCur(void) {return N;}
virtual int RowNumber(PGLOBAL g, bool b = false) {return N + 1;}
virtual bool SetRecpos(PGLOBAL g, int recpos);
// Database routines
virtual PCOL MakeCol(PGLOBAL g, PCOLDEF cdp, PCOL cprec, int n);
virtual int GetMaxSize(PGLOBAL g);
virtual bool OpenDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int ReadDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int WriteDB(PGLOBAL g);
virtual int DeleteDB(PGLOBAL g, int irc);
virtual void CloseDB(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
// Specific routines
virtual PQRYRES GetResult(PGLOBAL g) = 0;
bool Initialize(PGLOBAL g);
bool InitCol(PGLOBAL g);
// Members
PQRYRES Qrp;
int N; // Row number
bool Init;
}; // end of class TDBCAT
/***********************************************************************/
/* Class CATCOL: ODBC info column. */
/***********************************************************************/
class DllExport CATCOL : public COLBLK {
friend class TDBCAT;
public:
// Constructors
CATCOL(PCOLDEF cdp, PTDB tdbp, int n);
// Implementation
virtual int GetAmType(void) {return TYPE_AM_ODBC;}
// Methods
virtual void ReadColumn(PGLOBAL g);
protected:
CATCOL(void) {} // Default constructor not to be used
// Members
PTDBCAT Tdbp; // Points to ODBC table block
PCOLRES Crp; // The column data array
int Flag;
}; // end of class CATCOL
#endif // TABLE_DEFINED
Write Preview
Loading…
Cancel
Save